# bibtab

bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Allen:1978:AL
author: John R. Allen
title: Anatomy of LISP
publisher: pub-MCGRAW-HILL
address: pub-MCGRAW-HILL:adr
pages: xviii + 446
year: 1978
ISBN: 0-07-001115-X OR 007001115X
ISBN13: 978-0-07-001115-1 OR 9780070011151
LCCN: QA76.73 .L23 A43 1978
bibdate: Tue Dec 14 22:36:12 1993
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.14 22:36:12 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: John R. Allen
rawtitle: Anatomy of {LISP}
entry:
@Book{Allen:1978:AL,
  author =       "John R. Allen",
  title =        "Anatomy of {LISP}",
  publisher =    pub-MCGRAW-HILL,
  address =      pub-MCGRAW-HILL:adr,
  pages =        "xviii + 446",
  year =         "1978",
  ISBN =         "0-07-001115-X",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-07-001115-1",
  LCCN =         "QA76.73 .L23 A43 1978",
  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 22:36:12 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Allen:2001:OCM
author: Randy Allen and Ken Kennedy
title: Optimizing Compilers for Modern Architectures: a Dependence-based Approach
publisher: pub-MORGAN-KAUFMANN
address: pub-MORGAN-KAUFMANN:adr
pages: xxv + 790
year: 2001
ISBN: 1-55860-286-0, 0-585-45699-2 (e-book) OR 1558602860, 0585456992 (ebook)
ISBN13: 978-1-55860-286-1, 978-0-585-45699-7 (e-book) OR 9781558602861, 9780585456997 (ebook)
LCCN: QA76.76.C65 A45 2001
bibdate: Thu Jan 31 05:26:44 2002
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2002.01.31 05:26:44 ???
subject: Optimizing compilers; Computer architecture
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Randy Allen and Ken Kennedy
rawtitle: Optimizing Compilers for Modern Architectures: a Dependence-based Approach
URL:
http://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2001092381.html; http://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2001092381.html

abstract:
Modern computer architectures designed with high-performance microprocessors offer tremendous potential gains in performance over previous designs. Yet their very complexity makes it increasingly difficult to produce efficient code and to realize their full potential. This landmark text from two leaders in the field focuses on the pivotal role that compilers can play in addressing this critical issue. The basis for all the methods presented in this book is data dependence, a fundamental compiler analysis tool for optimizing programs on high-performance microprocessors and parallel architectures. It enables compiler designers to write compilers that automatically transform simple, sequential programs into forms that can exploit special features of these modern architectures. The text provides a broad introduction to data dependence, to the many transformation strategies it supports, and to its applications to important optimization problems such as parallelization, compiler memory hierarchy management, and instruction scheduling. The authors demonstrate the importance and wide applicability of dependence-based compiler optimizations and give the compiler writer the basics needed to understand and implement them. They also offer cookbook explanations for transforming applications by hand to computational scientists and engineers who are driven to obtain the best possible performance of their complex applications. The approaches presented are based on research conducted over the past two decades, emphasizing the strategies implemented in research prototypes at Rice University and in several associated commercial systems. Randy Allen and Ken Kennedy have provided an indispensable resource for researchers, practicing professionals, and graduate students engaged in designing and optimizing compilers for modern computer architectures. This text: offers a guide to the simple, practical algorithms and approaches that are most effective in real-world, high-performance microprocessor and parallel systems; demonstrates each transformation in worked examples; examines how two case study compilers implement the theories and practices described in each chapter; presents the most complete treatment of memory hierarchy issues of any compiler text; illustrates ordering relationships with dependence graphs throughout the book; applies the techniques to a variety of languages, including Fortran 77, C, hardware definition languages, Fortran 90, and High Performance Fortran; and provides extensive references to the most sophisticated algorithms known in research.

TOC:
Preface 1: Compiler challenges for high-performance architectures 2: Dependence 3: Dependence testing 4: Preliminary transformations 5: Enhancing fine-grained parallelism 6: Creating coarse-grained parallelism 7: Handling control flow 8: Improving register usage 9: Managing cache 10: Scheduling 11: Interprocedural analysis and optimization 12: Dependence in C and hardware design 13: Compiling array assignments 14: Compiling High Performance Fortran Appendix: Fundamentals of Fortran 90 References Index

rawabstract:
Modern computer architectures designed with high-performance microprocessors offer tremendous potential gains in performance over previous designs. Yet their very complexity makes it increasingly difficult to produce efficient code and to realize their full potential. This landmark text from two leaders in the field focuses on the pivotal role that compilers can play in addressing this critical issue. The basis for all the methods presented in this book is data dependence, a fundamental compiler analysis tool for optimizing programs on high-performance microprocessors and parallel architectures. It enables compiler designers to write compilers that automatically transform simple, sequential programs into forms that can exploit special features of these modern architectures. The text provides a broad introduction to data dependence, to the many transformation strategies it supports, and to its applications to important optimization problems such as parallelization, compiler memory hierarchy management, and instruction scheduling. The authors demonstrate the importance and wide applicability of dependence-based compiler optimizations and give the compiler writer the basics needed to understand and implement them. They also offer cookbook explanations for transforming applications by hand to computational scientists and engineers who are driven to obtain the best possible performance of their complex applications. The approaches presented are based on research conducted over the past two decades, emphasizing the strategies implemented in research prototypes at Rice University and in several associated commercial systems. Randy Allen and Ken Kennedy have provided an indispensable resource for researchers, practicing professionals, and graduate students engaged in designing and optimizing compilers for modern computer architectures. This text: offers a guide to the simple, practical algorithms and approaches that are most effective in real-world, high-performance microprocessor and parallel systems; demonstrates each transformation in worked examples; examines how two case study compilers implement the theories and practices described in each chapter; presents the most complete treatment of memory hierarchy issues of any compiler text; illustrates ordering relationships with dependence graphs throughout the book; applies the techniques to a variety of languages, including Fortran 77, C, hardware definition languages, Fortran 90, and High Performance Fortran; and provides extensive references to the most sophisticated algorithms known in research.

rawTOC:
Preface \\ 1: Compiler challenges for high-performance architectures \\ 2: Dependence \\ 3: Dependence testing \\ 4: Preliminary transformations \\ 5: Enhancing fine-grained parallelism \\ 6: Creating coarse-grained parallelism \\ 7: Handling control flow \\ 8: Improving register usage \\ 9: Managing cache \\ 10: Scheduling \\ 11: Interprocedural analysis and optimization \\ 12: Dependence in C and hardware design \\ 13: Compiling array assignments \\ 14: Compiling High Performance Fortran \\ Appendix: Fundamentals of Fortran 90 \\ References \\ Index

entry:
@Book{Allen:2001:OCM,
  author =       "Randy Allen and Ken Kennedy",
  title =        "Optimizing Compilers for Modern Architectures: a
                 Dependence-based Approach",
  publisher =    pub-MORGAN-KAUFMANN,
  address =      pub-MORGAN-KAUFMANN:adr,
  pages =        "xxv + 790",
  year =         "2001",
  ISBN =         "1-55860-286-0, 0-585-45699-2 (e-book)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-1-55860-286-1, 978-0-585-45699-7 (e-book)",
  LCCN =         "QA76.76.C65 A45 2001",
  bibdate =      "Thu Jan 31 05:26:44 2002",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  URL =          "http://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/els031/2001092381.html;
                 http://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/els031/2001092381.html",
  abstract =     "Modern computer architectures designed with
                 high-performance microprocessors offer tremendous
                 potential gains in performance over previous designs.
                 Yet their very complexity makes it increasingly
                 difficult to produce efficient code and to realize
                 their full potential. This landmark text from two
                 leaders in the field focuses on the pivotal role that
                 compilers can play in addressing this critical issue.
                 The basis for all the methods presented in this book is
                 data dependence, a fundamental compiler analysis tool
                 for optimizing programs on high-performance
                 microprocessors and parallel architectures. It enables
                 compiler designers to write compilers that
                 automatically transform simple, sequential programs
                 into forms that can exploit special features of these
                 modern architectures. The text provides a broad
                 introduction to data dependence, to the many
                 transformation strategies it supports, and to its
                 applications to important optimization problems such as
                 parallelization, compiler memory hierarchy management,
                 and instruction scheduling. The authors demonstrate the
                 importance and wide applicability of dependence-based
                 compiler optimizations and give the compiler writer the
                 basics needed to understand and implement them. They
                 also offer cookbook explanations for transforming
                 applications by hand to computational scientists and
                 engineers who are driven to obtain the best possible
                 performance of their complex applications. The
                 approaches presented are based on research conducted
                 over the past two decades, emphasizing the strategies
                 implemented in research prototypes at Rice University
                 and in several associated commercial systems. Randy
                 Allen and Ken Kennedy have provided an indispensable
                 resource for researchers, practicing professionals, and
                 graduate students engaged in designing and optimizing
                 compilers for modern computer architectures. This text:
                 offers a guide to the simple, practical algorithms and
                 approaches that are most effective in real-world,
                 high-performance microprocessor and parallel systems;
                 demonstrates each transformation in worked examples;
                 examines how two case study compilers implement the
                 theories and practices described in each chapter;
                 presents the most complete treatment of memory
                 hierarchy issues of any compiler text; illustrates
                 ordering relationships with dependence graphs
                 throughout the book; applies the techniques to a
                 variety of languages, including Fortran 77, C, hardware
                 definition languages, Fortran 90, and High Performance
                 Fortran; and provides extensive references to the most
                 sophisticated algorithms known in research.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  libnote =      "Not yet in my library.",
  subject =      "Optimizing compilers; Computer architecture",
  tableofcontents = "Preface \\
                 1: Compiler challenges for high-performance
                 architectures \\
                 2: Dependence \\
                 3: Dependence testing \\
                 4: Preliminary transformations \\
                 5: Enhancing fine-grained parallelism \\
                 6: Creating coarse-grained parallelism \\
                 7: Handling control flow \\
                 8: Improving register usage \\
                 9: Managing cache \\
                 10: Scheduling \\
                 11: Interprocedural analysis and optimization \\
                 12: Dependence in C and hardware design \\
                 13: Compiling array assignments \\
                 14: Compiling High Performance Fortran \\
                 Appendix: Fundamentals of Fortran 90 \\
                 References \\
                 Index",
}


bibtype: techreport
filename: master.bib
label: Almgren:2000:HWC
author: Fredrik Almgren and Gunnar Andersson and Torbjorn Granlund and Lars Ivansson and Staffan Ulfberg
title: How We Cracked the Code Book Ciphers
type: Technical report
pages: 40
day: 11
month: oct
monthnumber: 10
year: 2000
bibdate: Thu Jan 17 10:51:00 2002
bibtimestamp: 2002.01.17 10:51:00 ???
note: See cite Singh:1999:CBE.
URL: http://frode.home.cern.ch/frode/crypto/codebook_solution.pdf; http://www.simonsingh.com/cipher.htm
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawnote: See \cite{Singh:1999:CBE}.
rawtitle: How We Cracked the {Code Book} Ciphers
bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/adabooks.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/cryptography1990.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib

rawauthor:
Fredrik Almgren and Gunnar Andersson and Torbj{\"o}rn Granlund and Lars Ivansson and Staffan Ulfberg

entry:
@TechReport{Almgren:2000:HWC,
  author =       "Fredrik Almgren and Gunnar Andersson and Torbj{\"o}rn
                 Granlund and Lars Ivansson and Staffan Ulfberg",
  title =        "How We Cracked the {Code Book} Ciphers",
  type =         "Technical report",
  institution =  "????",
  address =      "????",
  pages =        "40",
  day =          "11",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "2000",
  bibdate =      "Thu Jan 17 10:51:00 2002",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/adabooks.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/cryptography1990.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "See \cite{Singh:1999:CBE}.",
  URL =          "http://frode.home.cern.ch/frode/crypto/codebook_solution.pdf;
                 http://www.simonsingh.com/cipher.htm",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Alred:2006:HTW
author: Gerald J. Alred and Charles T. Brusaw and Walter E. Oliu
title: Handbook of Technical Writing
publisher: Bedford / St. Martins
address: Boston, MA, USA
edition: Eighth
pages: xxiv + 636
year: 2006
LCCN: T11 .B78 2006
bibdate: Mon Apr 14 18:09:54 MDT 2008
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager
bibtimestamp: 2008.04.14 18:09:54 MDT
subject: Technical writing; Handbooks, manuals, etc
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Gerald J. Alred and Charles T. Brusaw and Walter E. Oliu
rawtitle: Handbook of Technical Writing
ISBN:
0-312-43613-0 (paperback), 0-312-35267-0 (hardcover) OR 0312436130 (paperback), 0312352670 (hardcover)

ISBN13:
978-0-312-43613-1 (paperback), 978-0-312-35267-7 (hardcover) OR 9780312436131 (paperback), 9780312352677 (hardcover)

URL:
http://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0708/2005921350-b.html; http://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0708/2005921350-d.html

TOC:
Model documents and figures by topic Five steps to successful writing Checklist of the writing process Handbook of technical writing: alphabetical entries / 1--585 Commonly misused words and phrases Contents by topic

rawTOC:
Model documents and figures by topic \\ Five steps to successful writing \\ Checklist of the writing process \\ Handbook of technical writing: alphabetical entries / 1--585 \\ Commonly misused words and phrases \\ Contents by topic

entry:
@Book{Alred:2006:HTW,
  author =       "Gerald J. Alred and Charles T. Brusaw and Walter E.
                 Oliu",
  title =        "Handbook of Technical Writing",
  publisher =    "Bedford\slash St. Martins",
  address =      "Boston, MA, USA",
  edition =      "Eighth",
  pages =        "xxiv + 636",
  year =         "2006",
  ISBN =         "0-312-43613-0 (paperback), 0-312-35267-0 (hardcover)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-312-43613-1 (paperback), 978-0-312-35267-7
                 (hardcover)",
  LCCN =         "T11 .B78 2006",
  bibdate =      "Mon Apr 14 18:09:54 MDT 2008",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager",
  URL =          "http://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0708/2005921350-b.html;
                 http://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0708/2005921350-d.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  subject =      "Technical writing; Handbooks, manuals, etc",
  tableofcontents = "Model documents and figures by topic \\
                 Five steps to successful writing \\
                 Checklist of the writing process \\
                 Handbook of technical writing: alphabetical entries /
                 1--585 \\
                 Commonly misused words and phrases \\
                 Contents by topic",
}


bibtype: article
filename: master.bib
label: Alt:1948:BTLa
author: Franz L. Alt
title: A Bell Telephone Laboratories' Computing Machine---I
journal: j-MATH-TABLES-OTHER-AIDS-COMPUT
volume: 3
number: 21
pages: 1--13
month: jan
monthnumber: 1
year: 1948
CODEN: MTTCAS
ISSN: 0891-6837 OR 08916837
bibdate: Tue Oct 13 08:44:19 MDT 1998
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; JSTOR database
bibtimestamp: 1998.10.13 08:44:19 MDT
note: Reprinted in cite [ 6.4]Randell:1982:ODC.
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Franz L. Alt
rawnote: Reprinted in \cite[\S 6.4]{Randell:1982:ODC}.
rawtitle: A {Bell Telephone Laboratories}' Computing Machine---{I}
entry:
@Article{Alt:1948:BTLa,
  author =       "Franz L. Alt",
  title =        "A {Bell Telephone Laboratories}' Computing
                 Machine---{I}",
  journal =      j-MATH-TABLES-OTHER-AIDS-COMPUT,
  volume =       "3",
  number =       "21",
  pages =        "1--13",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1948",
  CODEN =        "MTTCAS",
  ISSN =         "0891-6837",
  bibdate =      "Tue Oct 13 08:44:19 MDT 1998",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; JSTOR
                 database",
  note =         "Reprinted in \cite[\S 6.4]{Randell:1982:ODC}.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Altland:2019:MPI
author: Alexander Altland and Jan von Delft
title: Mathematics for Physicists: Introductory Concepts and Methods
publisher: pub-CAMBRIDGE
address: pub-CAMBRIDGE:adr
pages: xxi + 700
year: 2019
ISBN: 1-108-47122-6 (hardcover) OR 1108471226 (hardcover)
ISBN13: 978-1-108-47122-0 (hardcover) OR 9781108471220 (hardcover)
LCCN: QC20 .A4345 2019
bibdate: Thu Mar 7 16:33:21 MST 2019
bibsource: fsz3950.oclc.org:210/WorldCat https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2019.03.07 16:33:21 MST
subject: Mathematical physics; Physics; Mathematische Physik
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Alexander Altland and Jan von Delft
rawtitle: Mathematics for Physicists: Introductory Concepts and Methods
TOC:
Preface Part I. Linear Algebra: 1. Mathematics before numbers 2. Vector spaces 3. Euclidean geometry 4. Vector product 5. Linear maps 6. Determinants 7. Matrix diagonalization 8. Unitarity and hermiticity 9. Linear algebra in function spaces 10. Multilinear algebra Problems: linear algebra Part II. Calculus: 1. Differentiation of one-dimensional functions 2. Integration of one-dimensional functions 3. Partial differentiation 4. Multi-dimensional integration 5. Taylor series 6. Fourier calculus 7. Differential equations 8. Functional calculus 9. Calculus of complex functions Problems: calculus Part III. Vector Calculus: 1. Curves 2. Curvilinear coordinates 3. Fields 4. Introductory concepts of differential geometry 5. Alternating differential forms 6. Riemannian differential geometry 7. Case study: differential forms and electrodynamics Problems: vector calculus Solutions: linear algebra Solutions: calculus Solutions: vector calculus Index

rawTOC:
Preface \\ Part I. Linear Algebra: \\ 1. Mathematics before numbers \\ 2. Vector spaces \\ 3. Euclidean geometry \\ 4. Vector product \\ 5. Linear maps \\ 6. Determinants \\ 7. Matrix diagonalization \\ 8. Unitarity and hermiticity \\ 9. Linear algebra in function spaces \\ 10. Multilinear algebra \\ Problems: linear algebra \\ Part II. Calculus: \\ 1. Differentiation of one-dimensional functions \\ 2. Integration of one-dimensional functions \\ 3. Partial differentiation \\ 4. Multi-dimensional integration \\ 5. Taylor series \\ 6. Fourier calculus \\ 7. Differential equations \\ 8. Functional calculus \\ 9. Calculus of complex functions \\ Problems: calculus \\ Part III. Vector Calculus: \\ 1. Curves \\ 2. Curvilinear coordinates \\ 3. Fields \\ 4. Introductory concepts of differential geometry \\ 5. Alternating differential forms \\ 6. Riemannian differential geometry \\ 7. Case study: differential forms and electrodynamics \\ Problems: vector calculus \\ Solutions: linear algebra \\ Solutions: calculus \\ Solutions: vector calculus \\ Index

entry:
@Book{Altland:2019:MPI,
  author =       "Alexander Altland and Jan von Delft",
  title =        "Mathematics for Physicists: Introductory Concepts and
                 Methods",
  publisher =    pub-CAMBRIDGE,
  address =      pub-CAMBRIDGE:adr,
  pages =        "xxi + 700",
  year =         "2019",
  ISBN =         "1-108-47122-6 (hardcover)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-1-108-47122-0 (hardcover)",
  LCCN =         "QC20 .A4345 2019",
  bibdate =      "Thu Mar 7 16:33:21 MST 2019",
  bibsource =    "fsz3950.oclc.org:210/WorldCat
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  libnote =      "Not in my library.",
  subject =      "Mathematical physics; Physics; Mathematische Physik",
  tableofcontents = "Preface \\
                 Part I. Linear Algebra: \\
                 1. Mathematics before numbers \\
                 2. Vector spaces \\
                 3. Euclidean geometry \\
                 4. Vector product \\
                 5. Linear maps \\
                 6. Determinants \\
                 7. Matrix diagonalization \\
                 8. Unitarity and hermiticity \\
                 9. Linear algebra in function spaces \\
                 10. Multilinear algebra \\
                 Problems: linear algebra \\
                 Part II. Calculus: \\
                 1. Differentiation of one-dimensional functions \\
                 2. Integration of one-dimensional functions \\
                 3. Partial differentiation \\
                 4. Multi-dimensional integration \\
                 5. Taylor series \\
                 6. Fourier calculus \\
                 7. Differential equations \\
                 8. Functional calculus \\
                 9. Calculus of complex functions \\
                 Problems: calculus \\
                 Part III. Vector Calculus: \\
                 1. Curves \\
                 2. Curvilinear coordinates \\
                 3. Fields \\
                 4. Introductory concepts of differential geometry \\
                 5. Alternating differential forms \\
                 6. Riemannian differential geometry \\
                 7. Case study: differential forms and electrodynamics
                 \\
                 Problems: vector calculus \\
                 Solutions: linear algebra \\
                 Solutions: calculus \\
                 Solutions: vector calculus \\
                 Index",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Alvarez:1997:RCD
author: Walter Alvarez
title: T. rex and the crater of doom
publisher: pub-PRINCETON
address: pub-PRINCETON:adr
pages: xxii + 185
year: 1997
ISBN: 0-691-13103-1 OR 0691131031
ISBN13: 978-0-691-13103-0 OR 9780691131030
LCCN: QE721.2.E97 ALV 1997
bibdate: Thu Apr 15 06:40:35 MDT 2010
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; library.ox.ac.uk:210/ADVANCE
bibtimestamp: 2010.04.15 06:40:35 MDT
URL: http://www.jstor.org/stable/j.ctt28553d
remark: Third printing and first paperback printing (2008).
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Walter Alvarez
rawtitle: {T. rex} and the crater of doom
subject:
Tyrannosaurus rex; catastrophes (geology); extinction (biology); cryptoexplosion structures; Mexico; Campeche, Bay of, region; Chicxulub Crater

TOC:
Foreword / ix Preface / xix 1: Armageddon / 3 2: Ex Libro Lapidum Historia Mundi / 19 3: Gradualist versus Catastrophist / 43 4: Iridium / 59 5: The Search for the Impact Site / 82 6: The Crater of Doom / 106 7: The World after Chicxulub / 130 Notes / 147 Index / 171

rawTOC:
Foreword / ix \\ Preface / xix \\ 1: Armageddon / 3 \\ 2: Ex Libro Lapidum Historia Mundi / 19 \\ 3: Gradualist versus Catastrophist / 43 \\ 4: Iridium / 59 \\ 5: The Search for the Impact Site / 82 \\ 6: The Crater of Doom / 106 \\ 7: The World after Chicxulub / 130 \\ Notes / 147 \\ Index / 171

entry:
@Book{Alvarez:1997:RCD,
  author =       "Walter Alvarez",
  title =        "{T. rex} and the crater of doom",
  publisher =    pub-PRINCETON,
  address =      pub-PRINCETON:adr,
  pages =        "xxii + 185",
  year =         "1997",
  ISBN =         "0-691-13103-1",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-691-13103-0",
  LCCN =         "QE721.2.E97 ALV 1997",
  bibdate =      "Thu Apr 15 06:40:35 MDT 2010",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 library.ox.ac.uk:210/ADVANCE",
  URL =          "http://www.jstor.org/stable/j.ctt28553d",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  remark =       "Third printing and first paperback printing (2008).",
  subject =      "Tyrannosaurus rex; catastrophes (geology); extinction
                 (biology); cryptoexplosion structures; Mexico;
                 Campeche, Bay of, region; Chicxulub Crater",
  tableofcontents = "Foreword / ix \\
                 Preface / xix \\
                 1: Armageddon / 3 \\
                 2: Ex Libro Lapidum Historia Mundi / 19 \\
                 3: Gradualist versus Catastrophist / 43 \\
                 4: Iridium / 59 \\
                 5: The Search for the Impact Site / 82 \\
                 6: The Crater of Doom / 106 \\
                 7: The World after Chicxulub / 130 \\
                 Notes / 147 \\
                 Index / 171",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Ament:2001:INB
author: Kurt Ament
title: Indexing: a Nuts-and-bolts Guide for Technical Writers
publisher: William Andrew Publishing
address: Norwich, NY, USA
pages: x + 97
year: 2001
ISBN: 0-8155-1481-6 OR 0815514816
ISBN13: 978-0-8155-1481-7 OR 9780815514817
LCCN: T10.8 .A44 2001
bibdate: Fri Jun 17 06:26:43 MDT 2005
bibtimestamp: 2005.06.17 06:26:43 MDT
keywords: Technology --- Abstracting and indexing, Science --- Abstracting and indexing
subject: Technology; Abstracting and indexing; Science; Abstracting and indexing
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Kurt Ament
rawtitle: Indexing: a Nuts-and-bolts Guide for Technical Writers
bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib; z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager

URL:
ftp://uiarchive.cso.uiuc.edu/pub/etext/gutenberg/; http://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/wap041/2001033646.html; http://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/wap041/2001033646.html; http://www.williamandrew.com/books.asp?id=1481

abstract:
booktitle Indexing: A Practical Guide for Technical Writers is a nuts-and-bolts guide to indexing. It explains in plain language and by example exactly how to index any type of print or online publication quickly, easily, and effectively. The sequential indexing method presented in the book has been battle-tested in high pressure publishing organizations in a variety of high-tech industries over the space of a decade. Because it is based on real-world success, this indexing method is bulletproof. Users of this guide will succeed as an indexer. Unlike other books on the subject, this book is focused on readers, not the subject itself. The book speaks directly to highly practical and often anti-academic technical writers who demand usability, reusability, and reliability. It is geared to people with ``Keep It Simple, Stupid'' signs on their cubicle walls. Proven end-user documentation techniques are employed to present proven indexing methods to readers who themselves develop end-user documentation for a living. They have zero tolerance for academic white papers on indexing. So, the book delivers the hard facts.

TOC:
1: About indexing Anyone can index Sequential indexing Usable indexes increase profits 2: Start indexing. Step 1 Index chapters. Step 2 Index procedures. Step 3 Index topics. Step 4 Index product names. Step 5 Index product components. Step 6 Index front and back matter. Step 7 Edit your index. Step 8 Create ``see'' references. Step 9 Create ``see also'' references. Step 10 Test your index 3: Indexing guidelines Abbreviations Acronyms Articles Back matter Capitalization Cross-references Front matter Interface components Keyboard shortcuts Master indexing Nesting Page ranges Prepositions Procedures Product names Scheduling ``See'' references ``See also'' references Sorting System messages

rawabstract:
\booktitle{Indexing: A Practical Guide for Technical Writers} is a nuts-and-bolts guide to indexing. It explains in plain language and by example exactly how to index any type of print or online publication quickly, easily, and effectively. The sequential indexing method presented in the book has been battle-tested in high pressure publishing organizations in a variety of high-tech industries over the space of a decade. Because it is based on real-world success, this indexing method is bulletproof. Users of this guide will succeed as an indexer. Unlike other books on the subject, this book is focused on readers, not the subject itself. The book speaks directly to highly practical and often anti-academic technical writers who demand usability, reusability, and reliability. It is geared to people with ``Keep It Simple, Stupid'' signs on their cubicle walls. Proven end-user documentation techniques are employed to present proven indexing methods to readers who themselves develop end-user documentation for a living. They have zero tolerance for academic white papers on indexing. So, the book delivers the hard facts.

rawTOC:
1: About indexing \\ Anyone can index \\ Sequential indexing \\ Usable indexes increase profits \\ 2: Start indexing. Step 1 \\ Index chapters. Step 2 \\ Index procedures. Step 3 \\ Index topics. Step 4 \\ Index product names. Step 5 \\ Index product components. Step 6 \\ Index front and back matter. Step 7 \\ Edit your index. Step 8 \\ Create ``see'' references. Step 9 \\ Create ``see also'' references. Step 10 \\ Test your index \\ 3: Indexing guidelines \\ Abbreviations \\ Acronyms \\ Articles \\ Back matter \\ Capitalization \\ Cross-references \\ Front matter \\ Interface components \\ Keyboard shortcuts \\ Master indexing \\ Nesting \\ Page ranges \\ Prepositions \\ Procedures \\ Product names \\ Scheduling \\ ``See'' references \\ ``See also'' references \\ Sorting \\ System messages

entry:
@Book{Ament:2001:INB,
  author =       "Kurt Ament",
  title =        "Indexing: a Nuts-and-bolts Guide for Technical
                 Writers",
  publisher =    "William Andrew Publishing",
  address =      "Norwich, NY, USA",
  pages =        "x + 97",
  year =         "2001",
  ISBN =         "0-8155-1481-6",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-8155-1481-7",
  LCCN =         "T10.8 .A44 2001",
  bibdate =      "Fri Jun 17 06:26:43 MDT 2005",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
                 z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager",
  URL =          "ftp://uiarchive.cso.uiuc.edu/pub/etext/gutenberg/;
                 http://www.loc.gov/catdir/description/wap041/2001033646.html;
                 http://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/wap041/2001033646.html;
                 http://www.williamandrew.com/books.asp?id=1481",
  abstract =     "\booktitle{Indexing: A Practical Guide for Technical
                 Writers} is a nuts-and-bolts guide to indexing. It
                 explains in plain language and by example exactly how
                 to index any type of print or online publication
                 quickly, easily, and effectively. The sequential
                 indexing method presented in the book has been
                 battle-tested in high pressure publishing organizations
                 in a variety of high-tech industries over the space of
                 a decade. Because it is based on real-world success,
                 this indexing method is bulletproof. Users of this
                 guide will succeed as an indexer. Unlike other books on
                 the subject, this book is focused on readers, not the
                 subject itself. The book speaks directly to highly
                 practical and often anti-academic technical writers who
                 demand usability, reusability, and reliability. It is
                 geared to people with ``Keep It Simple, Stupid'' signs
                 on their cubicle walls. Proven end-user documentation
                 techniques are employed to present proven indexing
                 methods to readers who themselves develop end-user
                 documentation for a living. They have zero tolerance
                 for academic white papers on indexing. So, the book
                 delivers the hard facts.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  idnumber =     "502",
  keywords =     "Technology --- Abstracting and indexing, Science ---
                 Abstracting and indexing",
  remark =       "",
  subject =      "Technology; Abstracting and indexing; Science;
                 Abstracting and indexing",
  tableofcontents = "1: About indexing \\
                 Anyone can index \\
                 Sequential indexing \\
                 Usable indexes increase profits \\
                 2: Start indexing. Step 1 \\
                 Index chapters. Step 2 \\
                 Index procedures. Step 3 \\
                 Index topics. Step 4 \\
                 Index product names. Step 5 \\
                 Index product components. Step 6 \\
                 Index front and back matter. Step 7 \\
                 Edit your index. Step 8 \\
                 Create ``see'' references. Step 9 \\
                 Create ``see also'' references. Step 10 \\
                 Test your index \\
                 3: Indexing guidelines \\
                 Abbreviations \\
                 Acronyms \\
                 Articles \\
                 Back matter \\
                 Capitalization \\
                 Cross-references \\
                 Front matter \\
                 Interface components \\
                 Keyboard shortcuts \\
                 Master indexing \\
                 Nesting \\
                 Page ranges \\
                 Prepositions \\
                 Procedures \\
                 Product names \\
                 Scheduling \\
                 ``See'' references \\
                 ``See also'' references \\
                 Sorting \\
                 System messages",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Ames:1993:BPO
author: Patrick Ames
title: Beyond Paper: The Official Guide to Adobe Acrobat
publisher: pub-ADOBE-PRESS
address: pub-ADOBE-PRESS:adr
pages: 127
year: 1993
ISBN: 1-56830-050-6 OR 1568300506
ISBN13: 978-1-56830-050-4 OR 9781568300504
LCCN: TK5105.9 .A48 1993
bibdate: Thu Jul 7 07:43:49 1994
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1994.07.07 07:43:49 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Patrick Ames
rawtitle: Beyond Paper: The Official Guide to {Adobe Acrobat}
entry:
@Book{Ames:1993:BPO,
  author =       "Patrick Ames",
  title =        "Beyond Paper: The Official Guide to {Adobe Acrobat}",
  publisher =    pub-ADOBE-PRESS,
  address =      pub-ADOBE-PRESS:adr,
  pages =        "127",
  year =         "1993",
  ISBN =         "1-56830-050-6",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-1-56830-050-4",
  LCCN =         "TK5105.9 .A48 1993",
  bibdate =      "Thu Jul 7 07:43:49 1994",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  price =        "US\$16.95",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Anderson:1992:LUG
title: LAPACK Users' Guide
publisher: pub-SIAM
address: pub-SIAM:adr
pages: xv + 235
year: 1992
ISBN: 0-89871-294-7 OR 0898712947
ISBN13: 978-0-89871-294-0 OR 9780898712940
LCCN: QA76.73.F25 L36 1992
bibdate: Tue Dec 14 22:36:17 1993
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.14 22:36:17 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawtitle: {LAPACK} Users' Guide
author:
E. Anderson and Z. Bai and C. Bischof and J. Demmel and J. Dongarra and J. Du Croz and A. Greenbaum and S. Hammarling and A. McKenney and S. Ostrouchov and D. Sorensen

bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/d/dongarra-jack-j.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib

TOC:
Part 1: Guide / 1 1: Essentials / 3 2: Contents of LAPACK / 7 3: Performance of LAPACK / 34 4: Accuracy and Stability / 44 5: Documentation and Software Conventions / 61 6: Installing LAPACK Routines / 71 7: Troubleshooting / 75 A: Index of Driver and Computational Routines / 79 B: Index of Auxiliary Routines / 89 C: Quick Reference Guide to the BLAS / 96 D: Converting from LINPACK or EISPACK / 101 E: LAPACK Working Notes / 109 Bibliography / 112 Index / 116 Part 2: Specifications of Routines / 119

rawauthor:
E. Anderson and Z. Bai and C. Bischof and J. Demmel and J. Dongarra and J. {Du Croz} and A. Greenbaum and S. Hammarling and A. McKenney and S. Ostrouchov and D. Sorensen

rawTOC:
Part 1: Guide / 1 \\ 1: Essentials / 3 \\ 2: Contents of LAPACK / 7 \\ 3: Performance of LAPACK / 34 \\ 4: Accuracy and Stability / 44 \\ 5: Documentation and Software Conventions / 61 \\ 6: Installing LAPACK Routines / 71 \\ 7: Troubleshooting / 75 \\ A: Index of Driver and Computational Routines / 79 \\ B: Index of Auxiliary Routines / 89 \\ C: Quick Reference Guide to the BLAS / 96 \\ D: Converting from LINPACK or EISPACK / 101 \\ E: LAPACK Working Notes / 109 \\ Bibliography / 112 \\ Index / 116 \\ Part 2: Specifications of Routines / 119

entry:
@Book{Anderson:1992:LUG,
  author =       "E. Anderson and Z. Bai and C. Bischof and J. Demmel
                 and J. Dongarra and J. {Du Croz} and A. Greenbaum and
                 S. Hammarling and A. McKenney and S. Ostrouchov and D.
                 Sorensen",
  title =        "{LAPACK} Users' Guide",
  publisher =    pub-SIAM,
  address =      pub-SIAM:adr,
  pages =        "xv + 235",
  year =         "1992",
  ISBN =         "0-89871-294-7",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-89871-294-0",
  LCCN =         "QA76.73.F25 L36 1992",
  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 22:36:17 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/d/dongarra-jack-j.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook2.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  tableofcontents = "Part 1: Guide / 1 \\
                 1: Essentials / 3 \\
                 2: Contents of LAPACK / 7 \\
                 3: Performance of LAPACK / 34 \\
                 4: Accuracy and Stability / 44 \\
                 5: Documentation and Software Conventions / 61 \\
                 6: Installing LAPACK Routines / 71 \\
                 7: Troubleshooting / 75 \\
                 A: Index of Driver and Computational Routines / 79 \\
                 B: Index of Auxiliary Routines / 89 \\
                 C: Quick Reference Guide to the BLAS / 96 \\
                 D: Converting from LINPACK or EISPACK / 101 \\
                 E: LAPACK Working Notes / 109 \\
                 Bibliography / 112 \\
                 Index / 116 \\
                 Part 2: Specifications of Routines / 119",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Anderson:1995:LUG
title: LAPACK Users' Guide
publisher: pub-SIAM
address: pub-SIAM:adr
edition: Second
pages: xix + 325
year: 1995
ISBN: 0-89871-345-5 (paperback) OR 0898713455 (paperback)
ISBN13: 978-0-89871-345-9 (paperback) OR 9780898713459 (paperback)
LCCN: QA76.73.F25 L36 1995
bibdate: Sat Dec 06 17:25:09 2003
bibtimestamp: 2003.12.06 17:25:09 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawtitle: {LAPACK} Users' Guide
author:
E. Anderson and Z. Bai and C. Bischof and J. Demmel and J. Dongarra and J. Du Croz and A. Greenbaum and S. Hammarling and A. McKenney and S. Ostrouchov and D. Sorensen

bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/d/dongarra-jack-j.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/acc-stab-num-alg.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/fortran3.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/gnu.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib

keywords:
algebras, linear -- data processing; Fortran (computer program language); LAPACK; subroutines (computer programs)

rawauthor:
E. Anderson and Z. Bai and C. Bischof and J. Demmel and J. Dongarra and J. {Du Croz} and A. Greenbaum and S. Hammarling and A. McKenney and S. Ostrouchov and D. Sorensen

entry:
@Book{Anderson:1995:LUG,
  author =       "E. Anderson and Z. Bai and C. Bischof and J. Demmel
                 and J. Dongarra and J. {Du Croz} and A. Greenbaum and
                 S. Hammarling and A. McKenney and S. Ostrouchov and D.
                 Sorensen",
  title =        "{LAPACK} Users' Guide",
  publisher =    pub-SIAM,
  address =      pub-SIAM:adr,
  edition =      "Second",
  pages =        "xix + 325",
  year =         "1995",
  ISBN =         "0-89871-345-5 (paperback)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-89871-345-9 (paperback)",
  LCCN =         "QA76.73.F25 L36 1995",
  bibdate =      "Sat Dec 06 17:25:09 2003",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/d/dongarra-jack-j.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/acc-stab-num-alg.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/fortran3.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/gnu.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  keywords =     "algebras, linear -- data processing; Fortran (computer
                 program language); LAPACK; subroutines (computer
                 programs)",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Anderson:1999:LUG
title: LAPACK Users' Guide
publisher: pub-SIAM
address: pub-SIAM:adr
edition: Third
pages: xxi + 407
year: 1999
ISBN: 0-89871-447-8 OR 0898714478
ISBN13: 978-0-89871-447-0 OR 9780898714470
LCCN: QA76.73.F25 L36 1999
bibdate: Thu Sep 19 07:23:11 2002
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2002.09.19 07:23:11 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawtitle: {LAPACK} Users' Guide
author:
E. Anderson and Z. Bai and C. Bischof and S. Blackford and J. Demmel and J. Dongarra and J. Du Croz and A. Greenbaum and S. Hammarling and A. McKenney and D. Sorensen

rawauthor:
E. Anderson and Z. Bai and C. Bischof and S. Blackford and J. Demmel and J. Dongarra and J. Du Croz and A. Greenbaum and S. Hammarling and A. McKenney and D. Sorensen

entry:
@Book{Anderson:1999:LUG,
  author =       "E. Anderson and Z. Bai and C. Bischof and S. Blackford
                 and J. Demmel and J. Dongarra and J. Du Croz and A.
                 Greenbaum and S. Hammarling and A. McKenney and D.
                 Sorensen",
  title =        "{LAPACK} Users' Guide",
  publisher =    pub-SIAM,
  address =      pub-SIAM:adr,
  edition =      "Third",
  pages =        "xxi + 407",
  year =         "1999",
  ISBN =         "0-89871-447-8",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-89871-447-0",
  LCCN =         "QA76.73.F25 L36 1999",
  bibdate =      "Thu Sep 19 07:23:11 2002",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Anderson:2020:SE
author: Ross Anderson
title: Security Engineering
publisher: pub-WILEY
address: pub-WILEY:adr
edition: Third
pages: 1232
year: 2020
LCCN: QA76.9.A25 A54 2020
bibdate: Tue May 6 09:26:27 MDT 2025
bibsource: fsz3950.oclc.org:210/WorldCat; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2025.05.06 09:26:27 MDT
rawauthor: Ross Anderson
rawtitle: Security Engineering
ISBN:
1-119-64278-7 (hardcover), 0-471-38922-6 (paperback), 1-119-64281-7 (e-book) OR 1119642787 (hardcover), 0471389226 (paperback), 1119642817 (ebook)

ISBN13:
978-1-119-64278-7 (hardcover), 978-0-471-38922-4 (paperback), 978-1-119-64281-7 (e-book) OR 9781119642787 (hardcover), 9780471389224 (paperback), 9781119642817 (ebook)

abstract:
Now that there's software in everything, how can you make anything secure? Understand how to engineer dependable systems with this newly updated classic In Security Engineering: A Guide to Building Dependable Distributed Systems, Third Edition Cambridge University professor Ross Anderson updates his classic textbook and teaches readers how to design, implement, and test systems to withstand both error and attack. This book became a best-seller in 2001 and helped establish the discipline of security engineering. By the second edition in 2008, underground dark markets had let the bad guys specialize and scale up; attacks were increasingly on users rather than on technology. The book repeated its success by showing how security engineers can focus on usability. Now the third edition brings it up to date for 2020. As people now go online from phones more than laptops, most servers are in the cloud, online advertising drives the Internet and social networks have taken over much human interaction, many patterns of crime and abuse are the same, but the methods have evolved. Ross Anderson explores what security engineering means in 2020, including: How the basic elements of cryptography, protocols, and access control translate to the new world of phones, cloud services, social media and the Internet of Things Who the attackers are --- from nation states and business competitors through criminal gangs to stalkers and playground bullies What they do --- from phishing and carding through SIM swapping and software exploits to DDoS and fake news Security psychology, from privacy through ease-of-use to deception The economics of security and dependability --- why companies build vulnerable systems and governments look the other way How dozens of industries went online --- well or badly.

TOC:
What is security engineering? Protocols Passwords Access control Cryptography Distributed systems Multilevel security Multilateral security Banking and bookkeeping Monitoring systems Nuclear command and control Security printing and seals Biometrics Physical tamper resistance Emission security Electronic and information warfare Telecom system security Network attack and defense Protecting E-commerce systems Copyright and privacy protection E-policy Management issues System evaluation and assurance

rawabstract:
Now that there's software in everything, how can you make anything secure? Understand how to engineer dependable systems with this newly updated classic In Security Engineering: A Guide to Building Dependable Distributed Systems, Third Edition Cambridge University professor Ross Anderson updates his classic textbook and teaches readers how to design, implement, and test systems to withstand both error and attack. This book became a best-seller in 2001 and helped establish the discipline of security engineering. By the second edition in 2008, underground dark markets had let the bad guys specialize and scale up; attacks were increasingly on users rather than on technology. The book repeated its success by showing how security engineers can focus on usability. Now the third edition brings it up to date for 2020. As people now go online from phones more than laptops, most servers are in the cloud, online advertising drives the Internet and social networks have taken over much human interaction, many patterns of crime and abuse are the same, but the methods have evolved. Ross Anderson explores what security engineering means in 2020, including: How the basic elements of cryptography, protocols, and access control translate to the new world of phones, cloud services, social media and the Internet of Things Who the attackers are --- from nation states and business competitors through criminal gangs to stalkers and playground bullies What they do --- from phishing and carding through SIM swapping and software exploits to DDoS and fake news Security psychology, from privacy through ease-of-use to deception The economics of security and dependability --- why companies build vulnerable systems and governments look the other way How dozens of industries went online --- well or badly.

rawTOC:
What is security engineering? \\ Protocols \\ Passwords \\ Access control \\ Cryptography \\ Distributed systems \\ Multilevel security \\ Multilateral security \\ Banking and bookkeeping \\ Monitoring systems \\ Nuclear command and control \\ Security printing and seals \\ Biometrics \\ Physical tamper resistance \\ Emission security \\ Electronic and information warfare \\ Telecom system security \\ Network attack and defense \\ Protecting E-commerce systems \\ Copyright and privacy protection \\ E-policy \\ Management issues \\ System evaluation and assurance

entry:
@Book{Anderson:2020:SE,
  author =       "Ross Anderson",
  title =        "Security Engineering",
  publisher =    pub-WILEY,
  address =      pub-WILEY:adr,
  edition =      "Third",
  pages =        "1232",
  year =         "2020",
  ISBN =         "1-119-64278-7 (hardcover), 0-471-38922-6 (paperback),
                 1-119-64281-7 (e-book)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-1-119-64278-7 (hardcover), 978-0-471-38922-4
                 (paperback), 978-1-119-64281-7 (e-book)",
  LCCN =         "QA76.9.A25 A54 2020",
  bibdate =      "Tue May 6 09:26:27 MDT 2025",
  bibsource =    "fsz3950.oclc.org:210/WorldCat;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  abstract =     "Now that there's software in everything, how can you
                 make anything secure? Understand how to engineer
                 dependable systems with this newly updated classic In
                 Security Engineering: A Guide to Building Dependable
                 Distributed Systems, Third Edition Cambridge University
                 professor Ross Anderson updates his classic textbook
                 and teaches readers how to design, implement, and test
                 systems to withstand both error and attack. This book
                 became a best-seller in 2001 and helped establish the
                 discipline of security engineering. By the second
                 edition in 2008, underground dark markets had let the
                 bad guys specialize and scale up; attacks were
                 increasingly on users rather than on technology. The
                 book repeated its success by showing how security
                 engineers can focus on usability. Now the third edition
                 brings it up to date for 2020. As people now go online
                 from phones more than laptops, most servers are in the
                 cloud, online advertising drives the Internet and
                 social networks have taken over much human interaction,
                 many patterns of crime and abuse are the same, but the
                 methods have evolved. Ross Anderson explores what
                 security engineering means in 2020, including: How the
                 basic elements of cryptography, protocols, and access
                 control translate to the new world of phones, cloud
                 services, social media and the Internet of Things Who
                 the attackers are --- from nation states and business
                 competitors through criminal gangs to stalkers and
                 playground bullies What they do --- from phishing and
                 carding through SIM swapping and software exploits to
                 DDoS and fake news Security psychology, from privacy
                 through ease-of-use to deception The economics of
                 security and dependability --- why companies build
                 vulnerable systems and governments look the other way
                 How dozens of industries went online --- well or
                 badly.",
  libnote =      "Not in my library.",
  tableofcontents = "What is security engineering? \\
                 Protocols \\
                 Passwords \\
                 Access control \\
                 Cryptography \\
                 Distributed systems \\
                 Multilevel security \\
                 Multilateral security \\
                 Banking and bookkeeping \\
                 Monitoring systems \\
                 Nuclear command and control \\
                 Security printing and seals \\
                 Biometrics \\
                 Physical tamper resistance \\
                 Emission security \\
                 Electronic and information warfare \\
                 Telecom system security \\
                 Network attack and defense \\
                 Protecting E-commerce systems \\
                 Copyright and privacy protection \\
                 E-policy \\
                 Management issues \\
                 System evaluation and assurance",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Andrews:1963:ESM
author: Frank C. Andrews
title: Equilibrium Statistical Mechanics
publisher: pub-WILEY
address: pub-WILEY:adr
pages: xi + 206
year: 1963
LCCN: QC174.8.Z534
bibdate: Sat Jul 25 13:55:27 1998
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1998.07.25 13:55:27 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Frank C. Andrews
rawtitle: Equilibrium Statistical Mechanics
entry:
@Book{Andrews:1963:ESM,
  author =       "Frank C. Andrews",
  title =        "Equilibrium Statistical Mechanics",
  publisher =    pub-WILEY,
  address =      pub-WILEY:adr,
  pages =        "xi + 206",
  year =         "1963",
  LCCN =         "QC174.8.Z534",
  bibdate =      "Sat Jul 25 13:55:27 1998",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  xxISBN =       "none",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Andrews:1999:SF
author: George E. Andrews and Richard Askey and Ranjan Roy
title: Special Functions
volume: 71
publisher: pub-CAMBRIDGE
address: pub-CAMBRIDGE:adr
pages: xvi + 664
year: 1999
LCCN: QA351 .A74 1999
bibdate: Mon Sep 17 18:52:30 2001
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2001.09.17 18:52:30 ???
series: Encyclopedia of mathematics and its applications
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: George E. Andrews and Richard Askey and Ranjan Roy
rawtitle: Special Functions
ISBN:
0-521-62321-9 (hardcover), 0-521-78988-5 (paperback) OR 0521623219 (hardcover), 0521789885 (paperback)

ISBN13:
978-0-521-62321-6 (hardcover), 978-0-521-78988-2 (paperback) OR 9780521623216 (hardcover), 9780521789882 (paperback)

abstract:
This treatise presents an overview of special functions, focusing primarily on hypergeometric functions and the associated hypergeometric series, including Bessel functions and classical orthogonal polynomials. The basic building block of the functions studied in this book is the gamma function. In addition to relatively new work on gamma and beta functions, such as Selberg's multidimensional integrals, a number of important but relatively unknown nineteenth century results are included. The authors provide organizing ideas, motivation, and historical background for the study and application of some important special functions. This work can serve as a learning tool and lasting reference for students and researchers in special functions, mathematical physics, differential equations, mathematical computing, number theory, and combinatorics.

TOC:
1: The Gamma and Beta Functions 2: The Hypergeometric Functions 3: Hypergeometric Transformations and Identities 4: Bessel Functions and Confluent Hypergeometric Functions 5: Orthogonal Polynomials 6: Special Orthogonal Polynomials 7: Topics in Orthogonal Polynomials 8: The Selberg Integral and Its Applications 9: Spherical Harmonics 10: Introduction to $q$-series 11: Partitions 12: Bailey Chains A: Infinite Products B: Summability and Fractional Integration C: Asymptotic Expansions D: Euler--Maclaurin Summation Formula E: Lagrange Inversion Formula F: Series Solutions of Differential Equations

rawabstract:
This treatise presents an overview of special functions, focusing primarily on hypergeometric functions and the associated hypergeometric series, including Bessel functions and classical orthogonal polynomials. The basic building block of the functions studied in this book is the gamma function. In addition to relatively new work on gamma and beta functions, such as Selberg's multidimensional integrals, a number of important but relatively unknown nineteenth century results are included. The authors provide organizing ideas, motivation, and historical background for the study and application of some important special functions. This work can serve as a learning tool and lasting reference for students and researchers in special functions, mathematical physics, differential equations, mathematical computing, number theory, and combinatorics.

rawTOC:
1: The Gamma and Beta Functions \\ 2: The Hypergeometric Functions \\ 3: Hypergeometric Transformations and Identities \\ 4: Bessel Functions and Confluent Hypergeometric Functions \\ 5: Orthogonal Polynomials \\ 6: Special Orthogonal Polynomials \\ 7: Topics in Orthogonal Polynomials \\ 8: The Selberg Integral and Its Applications \\ 9: Spherical Harmonics \\ 10: Introduction to $q$-series \\ 11: Partitions \\ 12: Bailey Chains \\ A: Infinite Products \\ B: Summability and Fractional Integration \\ C: Asymptotic Expansions \\ D: Euler--Maclaurin Summation Formula \\ E: Lagrange Inversion Formula \\ F: Series Solutions of Differential Equations

entry:
@Book{Andrews:1999:SF,
  author =       "George E. Andrews and Richard Askey and Ranjan Roy",
  title =        "Special Functions",
  volume =       "71",
  publisher =    pub-CAMBRIDGE,
  address =      pub-CAMBRIDGE:adr,
  pages =        "xvi + 664",
  year =         "1999",
  ISBN =         "0-521-62321-9 (hardcover), 0-521-78988-5 (paperback)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-521-62321-6 (hardcover), 978-0-521-78988-2
                 (paperback)",
  LCCN =         "QA351 .A74 1999",
  bibdate =      "Mon Sep 17 18:52:30 2001",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  price =        "US\$90.00 (hardcover), US\$34.95 (paperback)",
  series =       "Encyclopedia of mathematics and its applications",
  abstract =     "This treatise presents an overview of special
                 functions, focusing primarily on hypergeometric
                 functions and the associated hypergeometric series,
                 including Bessel functions and classical orthogonal
                 polynomials. The basic building block of the functions
                 studied in this book is the gamma function. In addition
                 to relatively new work on gamma and beta functions,
                 such as Selberg's multidimensional integrals, a number
                 of important but relatively unknown nineteenth century
                 results are included. The authors provide organizing
                 ideas, motivation, and historical background for the
                 study and application of some important special
                 functions. This work can serve as a learning tool and
                 lasting reference for students and researchers in
                 special functions, mathematical physics, differential
                 equations, mathematical computing, number theory, and
                 combinatorics.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  libnote =      "Not yet in my library.",
  tableofcontents = "1: The Gamma and Beta Functions \\
                 2: The Hypergeometric Functions \\
                 3: Hypergeometric Transformations and Identities \\
                 4: Bessel Functions and Confluent Hypergeometric
                 Functions \\
                 5: Orthogonal Polynomials \\
                 6: Special Orthogonal Polynomials \\
                 7: Topics in Orthogonal Polynomials \\
                 8: The Selberg Integral and Its Applications \\
                 9: Spherical Harmonics \\
                 10: Introduction to $q$-series \\
                 11: Partitions \\
                 12: Bailey Chains \\
                 A: Infinite Products \\
                 B: Summability and Fractional Integration \\
                 C: Asymptotic Expansions \\
                 D: Euler--Maclaurin Summation Formula \\
                 E: Lagrange Inversion Formula \\
                 F: Series Solutions of Differential Equations",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Angell:1981:PIC
author: Ian O. Angell
title: A Practical Introduction to Computer Graphics
publisher: pub-WILEY
address: pub-WILEY:adr
pages: viii + 146
year: 1981
ISBN: 0-470-27251-1 OR 0470272511
ISBN13: 978-0-470-27251-0 OR 9780470272510
LCCN: T385 .A53 1981
bibdate: Tue Dec 14 22:39:01 1993
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.14 22:39:01 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Ian O. Angell
rawtitle: A Practical Introduction to Computer Graphics
entry:
@Book{Angell:1981:PIC,
  author =       "Ian O. Angell",
  title =        "A Practical Introduction to Computer Graphics",
  publisher =    pub-WILEY,
  address =      pub-WILEY:adr,
  pages =        "viii + 146",
  year =         "1981",
  ISBN =         "0-470-27251-1",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-470-27251-0",
  LCCN =         "T385 .A53 1981",
  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 22:39:01 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Anklam:1982:ECV
author: Patricia Anklam and David Cutler and Roger Heinen, Jr. and M. Donald MacLaren
title: Engineering a Compiler: VAX-11 Code Generation and Optimization
publisher: pub-DP
address: pub-DP:adr
pages: xv + 269
year: 1982
ISBN: 0-932376-19-3 OR 0932376193
ISBN13: 978-0-932376-19-0 OR 9780932376190
LCCN: QA76.8.V37 E53 1982
bibdate: Sun Jul 10 01:07:03 1994
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1994.07.10 01:07:03 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Patricia Anklam and David Cutler and Roger {Heinen, Jr.} and M. Donald MacLaren
rawtitle: Engineering a Compiler: {VAX-11} Code Generation and Optimization
TOC:
Where We Began, and Why / 1 Background / 1 Building the PL/1 Team / 2 The Original Compiler / 2 Armed for the Dragon / 3 Getting Started: Design Decisions / 5 A Code Generation Method / 5 Bootstrapping / 6 A Project Plan / 10 Tools We Needed / 11 How We Changed the Compiler / 12 Introducing The VAX-11 Compiler and Common Code Generator / 12 The TBL (Table-Building Language) / 18 How TBL Programs Are Constructed / 18 The ``Language'' / 20 Sample TBL Program and Its Interpreter / 24 What the Front End Must Do / 35 Parsing and Semantic Analysis / 36 The Symbol Table / 37 Trees / 45 Block Activations and Stack Management / 47 The Intermediate Language / 52 Design Considerations / 52 Summary of Operators / 54 Data Types of Operators / 57 References to Data / 59 Computation of Offsets and Extents / 64 Procedure Calls / 66 Writing and Reducing Trees / 70 The Evolution of Write Tree / 70 Overview of Functions / 72 Reduction of Integer Expressions / 76 When a Tree Is Not a Tree / 80 Global Optimization / 86 Background: Engineering an Optimizer / 86 Underlying Concepts and Assumptions / 88 Structure and Control Flow in the Optimizer / 96 Selecting Variables for Assignment to Registers / 99 Optimizing Boolean Branch Expressions / 100 Constructing the Flow Graph / 105 Live Variable Analysis / 111 Value Propagation and Register Assignment / 113 Loop Invariant Removal / 125 Common Subexpression Elimination / 134 Result Incorporation / 145 Conclusions / 146 Operator Transformation and Code Generation / 152 Background / 152 Overview / 153 Temporaries / 156 Building Code Blocks / 159 The Register Allocator / 169 Background / 169 Overview / 172 Register Assignment / 175 Updating Operand Specifiers in Code Blocks / 187 Effects of Register Allocation on a Sample Program / 191 Conclusions / 194 Peephole Optimization / 196 Objectives / 196 Design / 197 Scanning the Intermediate Code List / 198 Some Peepholes / 199 Conclusions / 202 Beauty and the Beast / 204 Background / 204 The Beast / 205 The Beauty / 213 What Is the Moral? / 217 Concluding Remarks / 219 Appendix: Optimized Code Examples / 223 Glossary / 239 Index / 253

rawTOC:
Where We Began, and Why / 1 \\ Background / 1 \\ Building the PL/1 Team / 2 \\ The Original Compiler / 2 \\ Armed for the Dragon / 3 \\ Getting Started: Design Decisions / 5 \\ A Code Generation Method / 5 \\ Bootstrapping / 6 \\ A Project Plan / 10 \\ Tools We Needed / 11 \\ How We Changed the Compiler / 12 \\ Introducing The VAX-11 Compiler and Common Code Generator / 12 \\ The TBL (Table-Building Language) / 18 \\ How TBL Programs Are Constructed / 18 \\ The ``Language'' / 20 \\ Sample TBL Program and Its Interpreter / 24 \\ What the Front End Must Do / 35 \\ Parsing and Semantic Analysis / 36 \\ The Symbol Table / 37 \\ Trees / 45 \\ Block Activations and Stack Management / 47 \\ The Intermediate Language / 52 \\ Design Considerations / 52 \\ Summary of Operators / 54 \\ Data Types of Operators / 57 \\ References to Data / 59 \\ Computation of Offsets and Extents / 64 \\ Procedure Calls / 66 \\ Writing and Reducing Trees / 70 \\ The Evolution of Write Tree / 70 \\ Overview of Functions / 72 \\ Reduction of Integer Expressions / 76 \\ When a Tree Is Not a Tree / 80 \\ Global Optimization / 86 \\ Background: Engineering an Optimizer / 86 \\ Underlying Concepts and Assumptions / 88 \\ Structure and Control Flow in the Optimizer / 96 \\ Selecting Variables for Assignment to Registers / 99 \\ Optimizing Boolean Branch Expressions / 100 \\ Constructing the Flow Graph / 105 \\ Live Variable Analysis / 111 \\ Value Propagation and Register Assignment / 113 \\ Loop Invariant Removal / 125 \\ Common Subexpression Elimination / 134 \\ Result Incorporation / 145 \\ Conclusions / 146 \\ Operator Transformation and Code Generation / 152 \\ Background / 152 \\ Overview / 153 \\ Temporaries / 156 \\ Building Code Blocks / 159 \\ The Register Allocator / 169 \\ Background / 169 \\ Overview / 172 \\ Register Assignment / 175 \\ Updating Operand Specifiers in Code Blocks / 187 \\ Effects of Register Allocation on a Sample Program / 191 \\ Conclusions / 194 \\ Peephole Optimization / 196 \\ Objectives / 196 \\ Design / 197 \\ Scanning the Intermediate Code List / 198 \\ Some Peepholes / 199 \\ Conclusions / 202 \\ Beauty and the Beast / 204 \\ Background / 204 \\ The Beast / 205 \\ The Beauty / 213 \\ What Is the Moral? / 217 \\ Concluding Remarks / 219 \\ Appendix: Optimized Code Examples / 223 \\ Glossary / 239 \\ Index / 253

entry:
@Book{Anklam:1982:ECV,
  author =       "Patricia Anklam and David Cutler and Roger {Heinen,
                 Jr.} and M. Donald MacLaren",
  title =        "Engineering a Compiler: {VAX-11} Code Generation and
                 Optimization",
  publisher =    pub-DP,
  address =      pub-DP:adr,
  pages =        "xv + 269",
  year =         "1982",
  ISBN =         "0-932376-19-3",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-932376-19-0",
  LCCN =         "QA76.8.V37 E53 1982",
  bibdate =      "Sun Jul 10 01:07:03 1994",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  tableofcontents = "Where We Began, and Why / 1 \\
                 Background / 1 \\
                 Building the PL/1 Team / 2 \\
                 The Original Compiler / 2 \\
                 Armed for the Dragon / 3 \\
                 Getting Started: Design Decisions / 5 \\
                 A Code Generation Method / 5 \\
                 Bootstrapping / 6 \\
                 A Project Plan / 10 \\
                 Tools We Needed / 11 \\
                 How We Changed the Compiler / 12 \\
                 Introducing The VAX-11 Compiler and Common Code
                 Generator / 12 \\
                 The TBL (Table-Building Language) / 18 \\
                 How TBL Programs Are Constructed / 18 \\
                 The ``Language'' / 20 \\
                 Sample TBL Program and Its Interpreter / 24 \\
                 What the Front End Must Do / 35 \\
                 Parsing and Semantic Analysis / 36 \\
                 The Symbol Table / 37 \\
                 Trees / 45 \\
                 Block Activations and Stack Management / 47 \\
                 The Intermediate Language / 52 \\
                 Design Considerations / 52 \\
                 Summary of Operators / 54 \\
                 Data Types of Operators / 57 \\
                 References to Data / 59 \\
                 Computation of Offsets and Extents / 64 \\
                 Procedure Calls / 66 \\
                 Writing and Reducing Trees / 70 \\
                 The Evolution of Write Tree / 70 \\
                 Overview of Functions / 72 \\
                 Reduction of Integer Expressions / 76 \\
                 When a Tree Is Not a Tree / 80 \\
                 Global Optimization / 86 \\
                 Background: Engineering an Optimizer / 86 \\
                 Underlying Concepts and Assumptions / 88 \\
                 Structure and Control Flow in the Optimizer / 96 \\
                 Selecting Variables for Assignment to Registers / 99
                 \\
                 Optimizing Boolean Branch Expressions / 100 \\
                 Constructing the Flow Graph / 105 \\
                 Live Variable Analysis / 111 \\
                 Value Propagation and Register Assignment / 113 \\
                 Loop Invariant Removal / 125 \\
                 Common Subexpression Elimination / 134 \\
                 Result Incorporation / 145 \\
                 Conclusions / 146 \\
                 Operator Transformation and Code Generation / 152 \\
                 Background / 152 \\
                 Overview / 153 \\
                 Temporaries / 156 \\
                 Building Code Blocks / 159 \\
                 The Register Allocator / 169 \\
                 Background / 169 \\
                 Overview / 172 \\
                 Register Assignment / 175 \\
                 Updating Operand Specifiers in Code Blocks / 187 \\
                 Effects of Register Allocation on a Sample Program /
                 191 \\
                 Conclusions / 194 \\
                 Peephole Optimization / 196 \\
                 Objectives / 196 \\
                 Design / 197 \\
                 Scanning the Intermediate Code List / 198 \\
                 Some Peepholes / 199 \\
                 Conclusions / 202 \\
                 Beauty and the Beast / 204 \\
                 Background / 204 \\
                 The Beast / 205 \\
                 The Beauty / 213 \\
                 What Is the Moral? / 217 \\
                 Concluding Remarks / 219 \\
                 Appendix: Optimized Code Examples / 223 \\
                 Glossary / 239 \\
                 Index / 253",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Anlauff:2002:MBP
author: Heidi Anlauff and Axel Bottcher and Martin Ruckert
publisher: pub-SV
address: pub-SV:adr
pages: xiv + 327
year: 2002
DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-56233-4
ISBN: 3-540-42408-3 (paperback), 3-642-56233-7 OR 3540424083 (paperback), 3642562337
ISBN13: 978-3-540-42408-6 (paperback), 978-3-642-56233-4 OR 9783540424086 (paperback), 9783642562334
LCCN: QA76.8.M6 A55 2002
bibdate: Thu Apr 26 06:59:30 MDT 2007
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; z3950.gbv.de:20011/gvk
bibtimestamp: 2007.04.26 06:59:30 MDT
series: Springer-Lehrbuch
URL: http://www.informatik.fh-muenchen.de/~mmix/MMIXBuch/
language: German
subject: MMIX; Programmierung; Befehl <Informatik>
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Heidi Anlauff and Axel B{\"o}ttcher and Martin Ruckert
title:
Das MMIX-Buch: ein praxisnaher Zugang zur Informatik. (German) [The MMIX Book: a practical introduction to computer science]

abstract:
Das vorliegende Buch gibt eine praxisnahe Einfuhrung in die Informatik. Zunachst werden die Grundlagen der Kodierung und der Informationsdarstellung abgehandelt und fundamentale Kontroll- und Datenstrukturen vorgestellt. Anschliess end werden Architekturmerkmale von Prozessoren (RISC und CISC) sowie Mechanismen der Systemsteuerung wie Pipelining und Interrupts erlautert. Zum Abschluss erfolgt eine kompakte Beschreibung der wichtigsten Funktionen eines Betriebssystems wie die Organisation von Prozessen und die Speicherverwaltung. Die Darstellung all dieser Konzepte wird dabei anhand des Modellprozessors MMIX gezeigt, der von Donald E. Knuth (Stanford University) in seinem weltweit anerkannten Standardwerk ``The Art of Computer Programming'' entwickelt wurde. Die Funktionsweise dieses Prozessors wird in einem eigenen Kapitel ausfuhrlich beschrieben. Weiterhin werden die Programmierumgebung des MMIX und seine Assemblersprache MMIXAL in erganzenden Anhangen des Grundtextes zusammengestellt. Dieses Lehrbuch eignet sich hervorragend zum Selbststudium. Neben der Vermittlung von Grundlagenwissen steht insbesondere die Wechselwirkung von Programmierung und Rechneraufbau im Vordergrund.

TOC:
1. Einfuhrung 1.1 Computer 1.2 Die Hardware-Software-Schnittstelle 1.3 Das klassische Computermodell 1.4 Warum MMIX? 2. Darstellung von Information Codierung und Zahlensysteme 2.1 Information, Daten und Nachricht 2.2 Codierung 2.3 Zahlensysteme 2.4 Negative Zahlen 2.5 Byte als Mass fur die Speicherkapazitat 3. Einfuhrung in MMIX 3.1 Der MMIX-Prozessor 3.2 Speicherzugriff 3.3 Arithmetik mit MMIX 3.4 Einfache Ein- und Ausgabe 3.5 Symbole zur Erhohung der Lesbarkeit eines Programms 4. Sprungbefehle und Kontrollstrukturen 4.1 Unbedingte Sprunge 4.2 Bedingte Verzweigungen 4.3 Kontrollstrukturen 4.4 Bedingte Zuweisungen 5. Unterprogramme 5.1 Einfuhrung 5.2 Unterprogrammaufrufe mit GO 5.3 Der Stack 5.4 Exkurs: Prafix und lokale Symbole 5.5 Der Registerstack 6. Datenstrukturen 6.1 Bit 6.2 Adressen und Zeiger 6.3 Gleitkommazahlen 6.4 Zusammengesetzte Datentypen 6.5 Abstrakte Datentypen 6.6 Anwendung: Bitmap-Grafiken erzeugen und bearbeiten 7. Ablaufsteuerung 7.1 Steuerwerk und Befehlszyklus 7.2 Adressierungsarten 7.3 RISC und CISC 7.4 Pipelining 7.5 Interrupts 8. Betriebssystem 8.1 Speicherverwaltung 8.2 Betriebssystemaufrufe 8.3 Prozesse A. Liste der Befehle B. Liste der Programme c. Programmieren mit MMIX C.1 Die Programmierumgebung zum Laufen bringen C.1.1 Die ausfuhrbaren Dateien herunterladen C.1.2 Die Programmierumgebung selbst ubersetzen C.2 Versuche D. Meldungen von mmixal und mmix D.1 Warnungen von mmixal D.2 Fehlermeldungen von mmixal D.3 Meldungen von mmix E. Zusammenfassung der Assemblersprache MMIXAL E.1 Einfache Elemente E.2 Ausdrucke E.3 Instruktionen F. Losung ausgewahlter Ubungsaufgaben

rawabstract:
Das vorliegende Buch gibt eine praxisnahe Einf{\"u}hrung in die Informatik. Zun{\"a}chst werden die Grundlagen der Kodierung und der Informationsdarstellung abgehandelt und fundamentale Kontroll- und Datenstrukturen vorgestellt. Anschlie{\ss}end werden Architekturmerkmale von Prozessoren (RISC und CISC) sowie Mechanismen der Systemsteuerung wie Pipelining und Interrupts erl{\"a}utert. Zum Abschlu{\ss} erfolgt eine kompakte Beschreibung der wichtigsten Funktionen eines Betriebssystems wie die Organisation von Prozessen und die Speicherverwaltung. Die Darstellung all dieser Konzepte wird dabei anhand des Modellprozessors MMIX gezeigt, der von Donald E. Knuth (Stanford University) in seinem weltweit anerkannten Standardwerk ``The Art of Computer Programming'' entwickelt wurde. Die Funktionsweise dieses Prozessors wird in einem eigenen Kapitel ausf{\"u}hrlich beschrieben. Weiterhin werden die Programmierumgebung des MMIX und seine Assemblersprache MMIXAL in erg{\"a}nzenden Anh{\"a}ngen des Grundtextes zusammengestellt. Dieses Lehrbuch eignet sich hervorragend zum Selbststudium. Neben der Vermittlung von Grundlagenwissen steht insbesondere die Wechselwirkung von Programmierung und Rechneraufbau im Vordergrund.

rawtitle:
{Das MMIX-Buch: ein praxisnaher Zugang zur Informatik}. ({German}) [{The MMIX Book}: a practical introduction to computer science]

rawTOC:
1. Einf{\"u}hrung \\ 1.1 Computer \\ 1.2 Die Hardware-Software-Schnittstelle \\ 1.3 Das klassische Computermodell \\ 1.4 Warum MMIX? \\ 2. Darstellung von Information \\ Codierung und Zahlensysteme \\ 2.1 Information, Daten und Nachricht \\ 2.2 Codierung \\ 2.3 Zahlensysteme \\ 2.4 Negative Zahlen \\ 2.5 Byte als Ma{\ss} f{\"u}r die Speicherkapazit{\"a}t \\ 3. Einf{\"u}hrung in MMIX \\ 3.1 Der MMIX-Prozessor \\ 3.2 Speicherzugriff \\ 3.3 Arithmetik mit MMIX \\ 3.4 Einfache Ein- und Ausgabe \\ 3.5 Symbole zur Erh{\"o}hung der Lesbarkeit eines Programms \\ 4. Sprungbefehle und Kontrollstrukturen \\ 4.1 Unbedingte Spr{\"u}nge \\ 4.2 Bedingte Verzweigungen \\ 4.3 Kontrollstrukturen \\ 4.4 Bedingte Zuweisungen \\ 5. Unterprogramme \\ 5.1 Einf{\"u}hrung \\ 5.2 Unterprogrammaufrufe mit GO \\ 5.3 Der Stack \\ 5.4 Exkurs: Pr{\"a}fix und lokale Symbole \\ 5.5 Der Registerstack \\ 6. Datenstrukturen \\ 6.1 Bit \\ 6.2 Adressen und Zeiger \\ 6.3 Gleitkommazahlen \\ 6.4 Zusammengesetzte Datentypen \\ 6.5 Abstrakte Datentypen \\ 6.6 Anwendung: Bitmap-Grafiken erzeugen und bearbeiten \\ 7. Ablaufsteuerung \\ 7.1 Steuerwerk und Befehlszyklus \\ 7.2 Adressierungsarten \\ 7.3 RISC und CISC \\ 7.4 Pipelining \\ 7.5 Interrupts \\ 8. Betriebssystem \\ 8.1 Speicherverwaltung \\ 8.2 Betriebssystemaufrufe \\ 8.3 Prozesse \\ A. Liste der Befehle \\ B. Liste der Programme \\ c. Programmieren mit MMIX \\ C.1 Die Programmierumgebung zum Laufen bringen \\ C.1.1 Die ausf{\"u}hrbaren Dateien herunterladen \\ C.1.2 Die Programmierumgebung selbst {\"u}bersetzen \\ C.2 Versuche \\ D. Meldungen von mmixal und mmix \\ D.1 Warnungen von mmixal \\ D.2 Fehlermeldungen von mmixal \\ D.3 Meldungen von mmix \\ E. Zusammenfassung der Assemblersprache MMIXAL \\ E.1 Einfache Elemente \\ E.2 Ausdr{\"u}cke \\ E.3 Instruktionen \\ F. L{\"o}sung ausgew{\"a}hlter {\"U}bungsaufgaben

entry:
@Book{Anlauff:2002:MBP,
  author =       "Heidi Anlauff and Axel B{\"o}ttcher and Martin
                 Ruckert",
  title =        "{Das MMIX-Buch: ein praxisnaher Zugang zur
                 Informatik}. ({German}) [{The MMIX Book}: a practical
                 introduction to computer science]",
  publisher =    pub-SV,
  address =      pub-SV:adr,
  pages =        "xiv + 327",
  year =         "2002",
  DOI =          "https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-56233-4",
  ISBN =         "3-540-42408-3 (paperback), 3-642-56233-7",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-3-540-42408-6 (paperback), 978-3-642-56233-4",
  LCCN =         "QA76.8.M6 A55 2002",
  bibdate =      "Thu Apr 26 06:59:30 MDT 2007",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 z3950.gbv.de:20011/gvk",
  price =        "EUR 24.95",
  series =       "Springer-Lehrbuch",
  URL =          "http://www.informatik.fh-muenchen.de/~mmix/MMIXBuch/",
  abstract =     "Das vorliegende Buch gibt eine praxisnahe
                 Einf{\"u}hrung in die Informatik. Zun{\"a}chst werden
                 die Grundlagen der Kodierung und der
                 Informationsdarstellung abgehandelt und fundamentale
                 Kontroll- und Datenstrukturen vorgestellt.
                 Anschlie{\ss}end werden Architekturmerkmale von
                 Prozessoren (RISC und CISC) sowie Mechanismen der
                 Systemsteuerung wie Pipelining und Interrupts
                 erl{\"a}utert. Zum Abschlu{\ss} erfolgt eine kompakte
                 Beschreibung der wichtigsten Funktionen eines
                 Betriebssystems wie die Organisation von Prozessen und
                 die Speicherverwaltung. Die Darstellung all dieser
                 Konzepte wird dabei anhand des Modellprozessors MMIX
                 gezeigt, der von Donald E. Knuth (Stanford University)
                 in seinem weltweit anerkannten Standardwerk ``The Art
                 of Computer Programming'' entwickelt wurde. Die
                 Funktionsweise dieses Prozessors wird in einem eigenen
                 Kapitel ausf{\"u}hrlich beschrieben. Weiterhin werden
                 die Programmierumgebung des MMIX und seine
                 Assemblersprache MMIXAL in erg{\"a}nzenden Anh{\"a}ngen
                 des Grundtextes zusammengestellt. Dieses Lehrbuch
                 eignet sich hervorragend zum Selbststudium. Neben der
                 Vermittlung von Grundlagenwissen steht insbesondere die
                 Wechselwirkung von Programmierung und Rechneraufbau im
                 Vordergrund.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  language =     "German",
  libnote =      "Not yet in my library.",
  subject =      "MMIX; Programmierung; Befehl <Informatik>",
  tableofcontents = "1. Einf{\"u}hrung \\
                 1.1 Computer \\
                 1.2 Die Hardware-Software-Schnittstelle \\
                 1.3 Das klassische Computermodell \\
                 1.4 Warum MMIX? \\
                 2. Darstellung von Information \\
                 Codierung und Zahlensysteme \\
                 2.1 Information, Daten und Nachricht \\
                 2.2 Codierung \\
                 2.3 Zahlensysteme \\
                 2.4 Negative Zahlen \\
                 2.5 Byte als Ma{\ss} f{\"u}r die Speicherkapazit{\"a}t
                 \\
                 3. Einf{\"u}hrung in MMIX \\
                 3.1 Der MMIX-Prozessor \\
                 3.2 Speicherzugriff \\
                 3.3 Arithmetik mit MMIX \\
                 3.4 Einfache Ein- und Ausgabe \\
                 3.5 Symbole zur Erh{\"o}hung der Lesbarkeit eines
                 Programms \\
                 4. Sprungbefehle und Kontrollstrukturen \\
                 4.1 Unbedingte Spr{\"u}nge \\
                 4.2 Bedingte Verzweigungen \\
                 4.3 Kontrollstrukturen \\
                 4.4 Bedingte Zuweisungen \\
                 5. Unterprogramme \\
                 5.1 Einf{\"u}hrung \\
                 5.2 Unterprogrammaufrufe mit GO \\
                 5.3 Der Stack \\
                 5.4 Exkurs: Pr{\"a}fix und lokale Symbole \\
                 5.5 Der Registerstack \\
                 6. Datenstrukturen \\
                 6.1 Bit \\
                 6.2 Adressen und Zeiger \\
                 6.3 Gleitkommazahlen \\
                 6.4 Zusammengesetzte Datentypen \\
                 6.5 Abstrakte Datentypen \\
                 6.6 Anwendung: Bitmap-Grafiken erzeugen und bearbeiten
                 \\
                 7. Ablaufsteuerung \\
                 7.1 Steuerwerk und Befehlszyklus \\
                 7.2 Adressierungsarten \\
                 7.3 RISC und CISC \\
                 7.4 Pipelining \\
                 7.5 Interrupts \\
                 8. Betriebssystem \\
                 8.1 Speicherverwaltung \\
                 8.2 Betriebssystemaufrufe \\
                 8.3 Prozesse \\
                 A. Liste der Befehle \\
                 B. Liste der Programme \\
                 c. Programmieren mit MMIX \\
                 C.1 Die Programmierumgebung zum Laufen bringen \\
                 C.1.1 Die ausf{\"u}hrbaren Dateien herunterladen \\
                 C.1.2 Die Programmierumgebung selbst {\"u}bersetzen \\
                 C.2 Versuche \\
                 D. Meldungen von mmixal und mmix \\
                 D.1 Warnungen von mmixal \\
                 D.2 Fehlermeldungen von mmixal \\
                 D.3 Meldungen von mmix \\
                 E. Zusammenfassung der Assemblersprache MMIXAL \\
                 E.1 Einfache Elemente \\
                 E.2 Ausdr{\"u}cke \\
                 E.3 Instruktionen \\
                 F. L{\"o}sung ausgew{\"a}hlter {\"U}bungsaufgaben",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Anonymous:1976:RAB
author: Anonymous
title: Road atlas Britain
publisher: John Bartholomew & Son
address: Edinburgh, Scotland
pages: 120
year: 1976
ISBN: 0-85152-505-9 OR 0851525059
ISBN13: 978-0-85152-505-1 OR 9780851525051
LCCN: G1811.P2 B350 1975
bibdate: Sat Dec 24 15:53:15 MST 2005
bibsource: BIBSYS [NO]; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2005.12.24 15:53:15 MST
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Anonymous
rawtitle: Road atlas {Britain}
entry:
@Book{Anonymous:1976:RAB,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Road atlas {Britain}",
  publisher =    "John Bartholomew \& Son",
  address =      "Edinburgh, Scotland",
  pages =        "120",
  year =         "1976",
  ISBN =         "0-85152-505-9",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-85152-505-1",
  LCCN =         "G1811.P2 B350 1975",
  bibdate =      "Sat Dec 24 15:53:15 MST 2005",
  bibsource =    "BIBSYS [NO];
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  bookformat =   "Hardcover",
  dateentered =  "2005-12-23",
  idnumber =     "546",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Anonymous:1990:ASM
author: Anonymous
title: AIP style manual
publisher: pub-AIP
address: pub-AIP:adr
edition: Fourth
pages: 64
year: 1990
ISBN: 0-88318-642-X (paperback) OR 088318642X (paperback)
ISBN13: 978-0-88318-642-8 (paperback) OR 9780883186428 (paperback)
LCCN: QC5.45 .A45; QC28 .A5 1990; T11 .A45 1990
bibdate: Tue Nov 21 07:37:46 2000
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib
bibtimestamp: 2000.11.21 07:37:46 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Anonymous
rawtitle: {AIP} style manual
abstract:
Covers summary information for journal contributors, preparing a scientific paper for publication, general style, mathematical expressions, and figures.

TOC:
Information for journal contributors Preparing a scientific paper for publication General style Mathematical expressions Figures Appendix A: Statements of editorial policy for AIP and member society journals Appendix B: Correct or preferred spellings of frequently occurring words Appendix C: Units of measure Appendix D: Standard abbreviations Appendix E: Alphabets available for typesetting Appendix F: Special symbols available for typesetting Appendix G: Journal title abbreviations Appendix H: Symbols used in correcting proof Appendix I: Physics and astronomy classification scheme Appendix J: Physics auxiliary publication scheme Appendix K: AIP transfer of copyright agreement

rawabstract:
Covers summary information for journal contributors, preparing a scientific paper for publication, general style, mathematical expressions, and figures.

rawTOC:
Information for journal contributors \\ Preparing a scientific paper for publication \\ General style \\ Mathematical expressions \\ Figures \\ Appendix A: Statements of editorial policy for AIP and member society journals \\ Appendix B: Correct or preferred spellings of frequently occurring words \\ Appendix C: Units of measure \\ Appendix D: Standard abbreviations \\ Appendix E: Alphabets available for typesetting \\ Appendix F: Special symbols available for typesetting \\ Appendix G: Journal title abbreviations \\ Appendix H: Symbols used in correcting proof \\ Appendix I: Physics and astronomy classification scheme \\ Appendix J: Physics auxiliary publication scheme \\ Appendix K: AIP transfer of copyright agreement

entry:
@Book{Anonymous:1990:ASM,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{AIP} style manual",
  publisher =    pub-AIP,
  address =      pub-AIP:adr,
  edition =      "Fourth",
  pages =        "64",
  year =         "1990",
  ISBN =         "0-88318-642-X (paperback)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-88318-642-8 (paperback)",
  LCCN =         "QC5.45 .A45; QC28 .A5 1990; T11 .A45 1990",
  bibdate =      "Tue Nov 21 07:37:46 2000",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
  abstract =     "Covers summary information for journal contributors,
                 preparing a scientific paper for publication, general
                 style, mathematical expressions, and figures.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  libnote =      "Not yet in my library.",
  tableofcontents = "Information for journal contributors \\
                 Preparing a scientific paper for publication \\
                 General style \\
                 Mathematical expressions \\
                 Figures \\
                 Appendix A: Statements of editorial policy for AIP and
                 member society journals \\
                 Appendix B: Correct or preferred spellings of
                 frequently occurring words \\
                 Appendix C: Units of measure \\
                 Appendix D: Standard abbreviations \\
                 Appendix E: Alphabets available for typesetting \\
                 Appendix F: Special symbols available for typesetting
                 \\
                 Appendix G: Journal title abbreviations \\
                 Appendix H: Symbols used in correcting proof \\
                 Appendix I: Physics and astronomy classification scheme
                 \\
                 Appendix J: Physics auxiliary publication scheme \\
                 Appendix K: AIP transfer of copyright agreement",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Anonymous:1993:CMS
author: Anonymous
title: The Chicago Manual of Style
publisher: pub-U-CHICAGO
address: pub-U-CHICAGO:adr
edition: Fourteenth
pages: ix + 921
year: 1993
ISBN: 0-226-10389-7 OR 0226103897
ISBN13: 978-0-226-10389-1 OR 9780226103891
LCCN: Z253 .U69 1993
bibdate: Mon Sep 23 08:57:34 1996
bibtimestamp: 1996.09.23 08:57:34 ???
keywords: authorship handbooks; authorship manuals; practical style manuals; printing
acknowledgement: ack-njh
annote: The standard American work on typesetting style etc. (CHe)
key: Chicago Manual of Style
rawauthor: Anonymous
rawtitle: The {Chicago} Manual of Style
bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/han-wri-mat-sci-2ed.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib

abstract:
Provides information on manuscript preparation, punctuation, spelling, quotations, captions, tables, abbreviations, references, bibliographies, notes, and indexes, with sections on journals and electronic media.

TOC:
The publishing process Books and journals Overview The parts of a book The parts of a journal Considerations for web-based publications Manuscript preparation, manuscript editing, and proofreading Overview and process outline Manuscript preparation guidelines for authors Manuscript editing Proofreading Illustrations and tables Overview Illustrations Tables Rights, permissions, and copyright administration / William S. Strong Overview Copyright law and the licensing of rights The publishing agreement Subsidiary rights and permissions The author's responsibilities Style and usage Grammar and usage / Bryan A. Garner Grammar Word usage Punctuation Overview Punctuation in relation to surrounding text Periods Commas Semicolons Colons Question marks Exclamation points Hyphens and dashes Parentheses Brackets and braces Slashes Quotation marks Apostrophes Multiple punctuation marks Lists and outline style Spelling, distinctive treatment of words, and compounds Overview Plurals Possessives Contractions and interjections Word division A and an, o and oh Ligatures Italics, capitals, and quotation marks Compounds and hyphenation Names and terms Overview Personal names Titles and offices Epithets, kinship names, and personifications Ethnic, socioeconomic, and other groups Names of places Words derived from proper names Names of organizations Historical and cultural terms Calendar and time designations Religious names and terms Military terms Names of ships and other vehicles Scientific terminology Brand names and trademarks Titles of works Signs and mottoes Numbers Overview Numerals versus words Plurals and punctuation of numbers Inclusive numbers Roman numerals Abbreviations Overview Names and titles Geographical terms Designations of time Scholarly abbreviations Biblical abbreviations Technology and science Business and commerce Foreign languages Overview Titles and other proper names Languages using the Latin alphabet Languages usually transliterated (or romanized) Classical Greek Old English and middle English American sign language Mathematics in type Overview Style of mathematical expressions Preparation and editing of paper manuscripts Quotations and dialogue Overview Permissible changes to quotations Quotations in relation to text Quotation marks Ellipses Interpolations and clarifications Citing sources in text Foreign-language quotations Documentation Documentation I: notes and bibliography Source citations: an overview Notes and bibliography: basic format, with examples and variations Notes Bibliographies Books Periodicals Interviews and personal communications Unpublished and informally published material Special types of references Audiovisual materials Legal and public documents Documentation II: author-date references Overview Author-date references: basic format, with examples and variations Reference lists and text citations Author-date references: special cases Indexes Overview Components of an index General principles of indexing Indexing proper names and variants Indexing titles of publications and other works Alphabetizing Punctuating indexes: a summary The mechanics of indexing Editing an index compiled by someone else Typographical considerations for indexes Examples of indexes Appendix A: production and digital technology Overview Markup Design The electronic workflow Options for presenting content Print technologies Appendix B: glossary

rawabstract:
Provides information on manuscript preparation, punctuation, spelling, quotations, captions, tables, abbreviations, references, bibliographies, notes, and indexes, with sections on journals and electronic media.

rawTOC:
The publishing process \\ Books and journals \\ Overview \\ The parts of a book \\ The parts of a journal \\ Considerations for web-based publications \\ Manuscript preparation, manuscript editing, and proofreading \\ Overview and process outline \\ Manuscript preparation guidelines for authors \\ Manuscript editing \\ Proofreading \\ Illustrations and tables \\ Overview \\ Illustrations \\ Tables \\ Rights, permissions, and copyright administration / William S. Strong \\ Overview \\ Copyright law and the licensing of rights \\ The publishing agreement \\ Subsidiary rights and permissions \\ The author's responsibilities \\ Style and usage \\ Grammar and usage / Bryan A. Garner \\ Grammar \\ Word usage \\ Punctuation \\ Overview \\ Punctuation in relation to surrounding text \\ Periods \\ Commas \\ Semicolons \\ Colons \\ Question marks \\ Exclamation points \\ Hyphens and dashes \\ Parentheses \\ Brackets and braces \\ Slashes \\ Quotation marks \\ Apostrophes \\ Multiple punctuation marks \\ Lists and outline style \\ Spelling, distinctive treatment of words, and compounds \\ Overview \\ Plurals \\ Possessives \\ Contractions and interjections \\ Word division \\ A and an, o and oh \\ Ligatures \\ Italics, capitals, and quotation marks \\ Compounds and hyphenation \\ Names and terms \\ Overview \\ Personal names \\ Titles and offices \\ Epithets, kinship names, and personifications \\ Ethnic, socioeconomic, and other groups \\ Names of places \\ Words derived from proper names \\ Names of organizations \\ Historical and cultural terms \\ Calendar and time designations \\ Religious names and terms \\ Military terms \\ Names of ships and other vehicles \\ Scientific terminology \\ Brand names and trademarks \\ Titles of works \\ Signs and mottoes \\ Numbers \\ Overview \\ Numerals versus words \\ Plurals and punctuation of numbers \\ Inclusive numbers \\ Roman numerals \\ Abbreviations \\ Overview \\ Names and titles \\ Geographical terms \\ Designations of time \\ Scholarly abbreviations \\ Biblical abbreviations \\ Technology and science \\ Business and commerce \\ Foreign languages \\ Overview \\ Titles and other proper names \\ Languages using the Latin alphabet \\ Languages usually transliterated (or romanized) \\ Classical Greek \\ Old English and middle English \\ American sign language \\ Mathematics in type \\ Overview \\ Style of mathematical expressions \\ Preparation and editing of paper manuscripts \\ Quotations and dialogue \\ Overview \\ Permissible changes to quotations \\ Quotations in relation to text \\ Quotation marks \\ Ellipses \\ Interpolations and clarifications \\ Citing sources in text \\ Foreign-language quotations \\ Documentation \\ Documentation I: notes and bibliography \\ Source citations: an overview \\ Notes and bibliography: basic format, with examples and variations \\ Notes \\ Bibliographies \\ Books \\ Periodicals \\ Interviews and personal communications \\ Unpublished and informally published material \\ Special types of references \\ Audiovisual materials \\ Legal and public documents \\ Documentation II: author-date references \\ Overview \\ Author-date references: basic format, with examples and variations \\ Reference lists and text citations \\ Author-date references: special cases \\ Indexes \\ Overview \\ Components of an index \\ General principles of indexing \\ Indexing proper names and variants \\ Indexing titles of publications and other works \\ Alphabetizing \\ Punctuating indexes: a summary \\ The mechanics of indexing \\ Editing an index compiled by someone else \\ Typographical considerations for indexes \\ Examples of indexes \\ Appendix A: production and digital technology \\ Overview \\ Markup \\ Design \\ The electronic workflow \\ Options for presenting content \\ Print technologies \\ Appendix B: glossary

entry:
@Book{Anonymous:1993:CMS,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  key =          "Chicago Manual of Style",
  title =        "The {Chicago} Manual of Style",
  publisher =    pub-U-CHICAGO,
  address =      pub-U-CHICAGO:adr,
  edition =      "Fourteenth",
  pages =        "ix + 921",
  year =         "1993",
  ISBN =         "0-226-10389-7",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-226-10389-1",
  LCCN =         "Z253 .U69 1993",
  bibdate =      "Mon Sep 23 08:57:34 1996",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/subjects/han-wri-mat-sci-2ed.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
  price =        "US\$40.00",
  abstract =     "Provides information on manuscript preparation,
                 punctuation, spelling, quotations, captions, tables,
                 abbreviations, references, bibliographies, notes, and
                 indexes, with sections on journals and electronic
                 media.",
  acknowledgement = ack-njh # " and " # ack-nhfb,
  annote =       "The standard American work on typesetting style etc.
                 (CHe)",
  bibliography = "yes",
  glossary =     "yes",
  history =      "First edition 1906, 12th edition 1969, 13th edition
                 1982, 14th edition 1993",
  idnumber =     "517",
  index =        "yes",
  inprint =      "yes",
  keywords =     "authorship handbooks; authorship manuals; practical
                 style manuals; printing",
  printermarks = "yes",
  subtitle =     "The Essential Guide for Writers, Editors and
                 Publishers",
  tableofcontents = "The publishing process \\
                 Books and journals \\
                 Overview \\
                 The parts of a book \\
                 The parts of a journal \\
                 Considerations for web-based publications \\
                 Manuscript preparation, manuscript editing, and
                 proofreading \\
                 Overview and process outline \\
                 Manuscript preparation guidelines for authors \\
                 Manuscript editing \\
                 Proofreading \\
                 Illustrations and tables \\
                 Overview \\
                 Illustrations \\
                 Tables \\
                 Rights, permissions, and copyright administration /
                 William S. Strong \\
                 Overview \\
                 Copyright law and the licensing of rights \\
                 The publishing agreement \\
                 Subsidiary rights and permissions \\
                 The author's responsibilities \\
                 Style and usage \\
                 Grammar and usage / Bryan A. Garner \\
                 Grammar \\
                 Word usage \\
                 Punctuation \\
                 Overview \\
                 Punctuation in relation to surrounding text \\
                 Periods \\
                 Commas \\
                 Semicolons \\
                 Colons \\
                 Question marks \\
                 Exclamation points \\
                 Hyphens and dashes \\
                 Parentheses \\
                 Brackets and braces \\
                 Slashes \\
                 Quotation marks \\
                 Apostrophes \\
                 Multiple punctuation marks \\
                 Lists and outline style \\
                 Spelling, distinctive treatment of words, and compounds
                 \\
                 Overview \\
                 Plurals \\
                 Possessives \\
                 Contractions and interjections \\
                 Word division \\
                 A and an, o and oh \\
                 Ligatures \\
                 Italics, capitals, and quotation marks \\
                 Compounds and hyphenation \\
                 Names and terms \\
                 Overview \\
                 Personal names \\
                 Titles and offices \\
                 Epithets, kinship names, and personifications \\
                 Ethnic, socioeconomic, and other groups \\
                 Names of places \\
                 Words derived from proper names \\
                 Names of organizations \\
                 Historical and cultural terms \\
                 Calendar and time designations \\
                 Religious names and terms \\
                 Military terms \\
                 Names of ships and other vehicles \\
                 Scientific terminology \\
                 Brand names and trademarks \\
                 Titles of works \\
                 Signs and mottoes \\
                 Numbers \\
                 Overview \\
                 Numerals versus words \\
                 Plurals and punctuation of numbers \\
                 Inclusive numbers \\
                 Roman numerals \\
                 Abbreviations \\
                 Overview \\
                 Names and titles \\
                 Geographical terms \\
                 Designations of time \\
                 Scholarly abbreviations \\
                 Biblical abbreviations \\
                 Technology and science \\
                 Business and commerce \\
                 Foreign languages \\
                 Overview \\
                 Titles and other proper names \\
                 Languages using the Latin alphabet \\
                 Languages usually transliterated (or romanized) \\
                 Classical Greek \\
                 Old English and middle English \\
                 American sign language \\
                 Mathematics in type \\
                 Overview \\
                 Style of mathematical expressions \\
                 Preparation and editing of paper manuscripts \\
                 Quotations and dialogue \\
                 Overview \\
                 Permissible changes to quotations \\
                 Quotations in relation to text \\
                 Quotation marks \\
                 Ellipses \\
                 Interpolations and clarifications \\
                 Citing sources in text \\
                 Foreign-language quotations \\
                 Documentation \\
                 Documentation I: notes and bibliography \\
                 Source citations: an overview \\
                 Notes and bibliography: basic format, with examples and
                 variations \\
                 Notes \\
                 Bibliographies \\
                 Books \\
                 Periodicals \\
                 Interviews and personal communications \\
                 Unpublished and informally published material \\
                 Special types of references \\
                 Audiovisual materials \\
                 Legal and public documents \\
                 Documentation II: author-date references \\
                 Overview \\
                 Author-date references: basic format, with examples and
                 variations \\
                 Reference lists and text citations \\
                 Author-date references: special cases \\
                 Indexes \\
                 Overview \\
                 Components of an index \\
                 General principles of indexing \\
                 Indexing proper names and variants \\
                 Indexing titles of publications and other works \\
                 Alphabetizing \\
                 Punctuating indexes: a summary \\
                 The mechanics of indexing \\
                 Editing an index compiled by someone else \\
                 Typographical considerations for indexes \\
                 Examples of indexes \\
                 Appendix A: production and digital technology \\
                 Overview \\
                 Markup \\
                 Design \\
                 The electronic workflow \\
                 Options for presenting content \\
                 Print technologies \\
                 Appendix B: glossary",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Anonymous:1996:UIP
editor: Anonymous
title: Ulrich's International Periodical Directory
publisher: pub-BOWKER
address: pub-BOWKER:adr
edition: 34th
pages: various
year: 1996
ISBN: 0-8352-3681-1 (vol. 4), 0-8352-3676-5 (set) OR 0835236811 (vol. 4), 0835236765 (set)
ISBN13: 978-0-8352-3681-2 (vol. 4), 978-0-8352-3676-8 (set) OR 9780835236812 (vol. 4), 9780835236768 (set)
ISSN: 0000-0175 OR 00000175
LCCN: AP1.21 .P4
bibdate: Tue Apr 30 16:53:30 1996
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1996.04.30 16:53:30 ???
note: Five volumes. Volume 4 contains a numerical ISSN index.
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
raweditor: Anonymous
rawnote: Five volumes. Volume 4 contains a numerical ISSN index.
rawtitle: {Ulrich}'s International Periodical Directory
entry:
@Book{Anonymous:1996:UIP,
  editor =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "{Ulrich}'s International Periodical Directory",
  publisher =    pub-BOWKER,
  address =      pub-BOWKER:adr,
  edition =      "34th",
  pages =        "various",
  year =         "1996",
  ISBN =         "0-8352-3681-1 (vol. 4), 0-8352-3676-5 (set)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-8352-3681-2 (vol. 4), 978-0-8352-3676-8 (set)",
  ISSN =         "0000-0175",
  LCCN =         "AP1.21 .P4",
  bibdate =      "Tue Apr 30 16:53:30 1996",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "Five volumes. Volume 4 contains a numerical ISSN
                 index.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Anonymous:1999:RAB
author: Anonymous
title: Road atlas 2000 Britain
publisher: Ordnance Survey and Bounty
address: Southampton, UK
pages: iv + 124
year: 1999
ISBN: 0-7537-0138-3 OR 0753701383
ISBN13: 978-0-7537-0138-6 OR 9780753701386
bibdate: Sat Dec 24 15:53:15 MST 2005
bibsource: British Library [UK]; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2005.12.24 15:53:15 MST
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Anonymous
rawtitle: Road atlas 2000 {Britain}
entry:
@Book{Anonymous:1999:RAB,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Road atlas 2000 {Britain}",
  publisher =    "Ordnance Survey and Bounty",
  address =      "Southampton, UK",
  pages =        "iv + 124",
  year =         "1999",
  ISBN =         "0-7537-0138-3",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-7537-0138-6",
  bibdate =      "Sat Dec 24 15:53:15 MST 2005",
  bibsource =    "British Library [UK];
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  bookformat =   "Hardcover",
  category =     "Great Britain; Roads; atlases",
  idnumber =     "549",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Anonymous:2003:CMS
author: Anonymous
title: The Chicago Manual of Style
publisher: pub-U-CHICAGO
address: pub-U-CHICAGO:adr
edition: 15th
pages: xvii + 956
year: 2003
ISBN: 0-226-10403-6 OR 0226104036
ISBN13: 978-0-226-10403-4 OR 9780226104034
LCCN: Z253 .U69 2003
bibdate: Wed Sep 10 17:32:05 2003
bibtimestamp: 2003.09.10 17:32:05 ???
keywords: authorship handbooks; authorship manuals; practical style manuals; printing
remark: The standard American work on typesetting style etc.
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Anonymous
rawtitle: The {Chicago} Manual of Style
bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib

TOC:
1: The parts of a published work 2: Manuscript preparation and manuscript editing 3: Proofs 4: Rights and permissions 5: Grammar and usage 6: Punctuation 7: Spelling, distinctive treatment of words, and compounds 8: Names and terms 9: Numbers 10: Foreign languages 11: Quotations and dialogue 12: Illustrations and captions 13: Tables 14: Mathematics in type 15: Abbreviations 16: Documentation I: Basic patterns 17: Documentation II: Specific content 18: Indexes Appendix A: Design and production- basic procedures and key terms Appendix B: The publishing process for books and journals

rawTOC:
1: The parts of a published work \\ 2: Manuscript preparation and manuscript editing \\ 3: Proofs \\ 4: Rights and permissions \\ 5: Grammar and usage \\ 6: Punctuation \\ 7: Spelling, distinctive treatment of words, and compounds \\ 8: Names and terms \\ 9: Numbers \\ 10: Foreign languages \\ 11: Quotations and dialogue \\ 12: Illustrations and captions \\ 13: Tables \\ 14: Mathematics in type \\ 15: Abbreviations \\ 16: Documentation I: Basic patterns \\ 17: Documentation II: Specific content \\ 18: Indexes \\ Appendix A: Design and production- basic procedures and key terms \\ Appendix B: The publishing process for books and journals

entry:
@Book{Anonymous:2003:CMS,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "The {Chicago} Manual of Style",
  publisher =    pub-U-CHICAGO,
  address =      pub-U-CHICAGO:adr,
  edition =      "15th",
  pages =        "xvii + 956",
  year =         "2003",
  ISBN =         "0-226-10403-6",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-226-10403-4",
  LCCN =         "Z253 .U69 2003",
  bibdate =      "Wed Sep 10 17:32:05 2003",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/typeset.bib",
  price =        "US\$55.00",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  history =      "First edition 1906, 12th edition 1969, 13th edition
                 1982, 14th edition 1993, 15th edition 2003",
  idnumber =     "518",
  keywords =     "authorship handbooks; authorship manuals; practical
                 style manuals; printing",
  printermarks = "yes",
  remark =       "The standard American work on typesetting style etc.",
  subtitle =     "The Essential Guide for Writers, Editors and
                 Publishers",
  tableofcontents = "1: The parts of a published work \\
                 2: Manuscript preparation and manuscript editing \\
                 3: Proofs \\
                 4: Rights and permissions \\
                 5: Grammar and usage \\
                 6: Punctuation \\
                 7: Spelling, distinctive treatment of words, and
                 compounds \\
                 8: Names and terms \\
                 9: Numbers \\
                 10: Foreign languages \\
                 11: Quotations and dialogue \\
                 12: Illustrations and captions \\
                 13: Tables \\
                 14: Mathematics in type \\
                 15: Abbreviations \\
                 16: Documentation I: Basic patterns \\
                 17: Documentation II: Specific content \\
                 18: Indexes \\
                 Appendix A: Design and production- basic procedures and
                 key terms \\
                 Appendix B: The publishing process for books and
                 journals",
}


bibtype: misc
filename: master.bib
label: Anonymous:2005:BFI
author: Anonymous
title: Basic Feynman: An Interview with Michelle Feynman
pages: xvii + 956
year: 2005
bibdate: Fri Nov 23 14:15:19 2018
bibtimestamp: 2018.11.23 14:15:19 ???
note: Comments about the preparation of cite Feynman:2005:PRD
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
howpublished: Web site
rawauthor: Anonymous
rawnote: Comments about the preparation of \cite{Feynman:2005:PRD}
rawtitle: Basic {Feynman}: An Interview with {Michelle Feynman}
bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/f/feynman-richard-p.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/einstein.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/physperspect.bib

entry:
@Misc{Anonymous:2005:BFI,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "Basic {Feynman}: An Interview with {Michelle
                 Feynman}",
  howpublished = "Web site",
  year =         "2005",
  bibdate =      "Fri Nov 23 14:15:19 2018",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/f/feynman-richard-p.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/einstein.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/physperspect.bib",
  note =         "Comments about the preparation of
                 \cite{Feynman:2005:PRD}",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Anonymous:2010:CMS
author: Anonymous
title: The Chicago Manual of Style
publisher: pub-U-CHICAGO
address: pub-U-CHICAGO:adr
edition: 16th
pages: xvi + 1026
year: 2010
ISBN: 0-226-10420-6 (hardcover) OR 0226104206 (hardcover)
ISBN13: 978-0-226-10420-1 (hardcover) OR 9780226104201 (hardcover)
LCCN: Z253 .U69 2010
bibdate: Tue Jan 5 16:03:16 MST 2010
bibtimestamp: 2010.01.05 16:03:16 MST
subject: printing; style manuals; authorship
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Anonymous
rawtitle: The {Chicago} Manual of Style
bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib; z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager

TOC:
The publishing process Books and journals Overview The parts of a book The parts of a journal Considerations for web-based publications Manuscript preparation, manuscript editing, and proofreading Overview and process outline Manuscript preparation guidelines for authors Manuscript editing Proofreading Illustrations and tables Overview Illustrations Tables Rights, permissions, and copyright administration / by William S. Strong Overview Copyright law and the licensing of rights The publishing agreement Subsidiary rights and permissions The author's responsibilities Style and usage Grammar and usage / by Bryan A. Garner Grammar Word usage Punctuation Overview Punctuation in relation to surrounding text Periods Commas Semicolons Colons Question marks Exclamation points Hyphens and dashes Parentheses Brackets and braces Slashes Quotation marks Apostrophes Multiple punctuation marks Lists and outline style Spelling, distinctive treatment of words, and compounds Overview Plurals Possessives Contractions and interjections Word division A and an, o and oh Ligatures Italics, capitals, and quotation marks Compounds and hyphenation Names and terms Overview Personal names Titles and offices Epithets, kinship names, and personifications Ethnic, socioeconomic, and other groups Names of places Words derived from proper names Names of organizations Historical and cultural terms Calendar and time designations Religious names and terms Military terms Names of ships and other vehicles Scientific terminology Brand names and trademarks Titles of works Signs and mottoes Numbers Overview Numerals versus words Plurals and punctuation of numbers Inclusive numbers Roman numerals Abbreviations Overview Names and titles Geographical terms Designations of time Scholarly abbreviations Biblical abbreviations Technology and science Business and commerce Foreign languages Overview Titles and other proper names Languages using the Latin alphabet Languages usually transliterated (or romanized) Classical Greek Old English and middle English American sign language Mathematics in type Overview Style of mathematical expressions Preparation and editing of paper manuscripts Quotations and dialogue Overview Permissible changes to quotations Quotations in relation to text Quotation marks Ellipses Interpolations and clarifications Citing sources in text Foreign-language quotations Documentation Documentation I: notes and bibliography Source citations: an overview Notes and bibliography: basic format, with examples and variations Notes Bibliographies Books Periodicals Interviews and personal communications Unpublished and informally published material Special types of references Audiovisual materials Legal and public documents Documentation II: author-date references Overview Author-date references: basic format, with examples and variations Reference lists and text citations Author-date references: special cases Indexes Overview Components of an index General principles of indexing Indexing proper names and variants Indexing titles of publications and other works Alphabetizing Punctuating indexes: a summary The mechanics of indexing Editing an index compiled by someone else Typographical considerations for indexes Examples of indexes Appendix A: production and digital technology Overview Markup Design The electronic workflow Options for presenting content Print technologies Appendix B: glossary

rawTOC:
The publishing process \\ Books and journals \\ Overview \\ The parts of a book \\ The parts of a journal \\ Considerations for web-based publications \\ Manuscript preparation, manuscript editing, and proofreading \\ Overview and process outline \\ Manuscript preparation guidelines for authors \\ Manuscript editing \\ Proofreading \\ Illustrations and tables \\ Overview \\ Illustrations \\ Tables \\ Rights, permissions, and copyright administration / by William S. Strong \\ Overview \\ Copyright law and the licensing of rights \\ The publishing agreement \\ Subsidiary rights and permissions \\ The author's responsibilities \\ Style and usage \\ Grammar and usage / by Bryan A. Garner \\ Grammar \\ Word usage \\ Punctuation \\ Overview \\ Punctuation in relation to surrounding text \\ Periods \\ Commas \\ Semicolons \\ Colons \\ Question marks \\ Exclamation points \\ Hyphens and dashes \\ Parentheses \\ Brackets and braces \\ Slashes \\ Quotation marks \\ Apostrophes \\ Multiple punctuation marks \\ Lists and outline style \\ Spelling, distinctive treatment of words, and compounds \\ Overview \\ Plurals \\ Possessives \\ Contractions and interjections \\ Word division \\ A and an, o and oh \\ Ligatures \\ Italics, capitals, and quotation marks \\ Compounds and hyphenation \\ Names and terms \\ Overview \\ Personal names \\ Titles and offices \\ Epithets, kinship names, and personifications \\ Ethnic, socioeconomic, and other groups \\ Names of places \\ Words derived from proper names \\ Names of organizations \\ Historical and cultural terms \\ Calendar and time designations \\ Religious names and terms \\ Military terms \\ Names of ships and other vehicles \\ Scientific terminology \\ Brand names and trademarks \\ Titles of works \\ Signs and mottoes \\ Numbers \\ Overview \\ Numerals versus words \\ Plurals and punctuation of numbers \\ Inclusive numbers \\ Roman numerals \\ Abbreviations \\ Overview \\ Names and titles \\ Geographical terms \\ Designations of time \\ Scholarly abbreviations \\ Biblical abbreviations \\ Technology and science \\ Business and commerce \\ Foreign languages \\ Overview \\ Titles and other proper names \\ Languages using the Latin alphabet \\ Languages usually transliterated (or romanized) \\ Classical Greek \\ Old English and middle English \\ American sign language \\ Mathematics in type \\ Overview \\ Style of mathematical expressions \\ Preparation and editing of paper manuscripts \\ Quotations and dialogue \\ Overview \\ Permissible changes to quotations \\ Quotations in relation to text \\ Quotation marks \\ Ellipses \\ Interpolations and clarifications \\ Citing sources in text \\ Foreign-language quotations \\ Documentation \\ Documentation I: notes and bibliography \\ Source citations: an overview \\ Notes and bibliography: basic format, with examples and variations \\ Notes \\ Bibliographies \\ Books \\ Periodicals \\ Interviews and personal communications \\ Unpublished and informally published material \\ Special types of references \\ Audiovisual materials \\ Legal and public documents \\ Documentation II: author-date references \\ Overview \\ Author-date references: basic format, with examples and variations \\ Reference lists and text citations \\ Author-date references: special cases \\ Indexes \\ Overview \\ Components of an index \\ General principles of indexing \\ Indexing proper names and variants \\ Indexing titles of publications and other works \\ Alphabetizing \\ Punctuating indexes: a summary \\ The mechanics of indexing \\ Editing an index compiled by someone else \\ Typographical considerations for indexes \\ Examples of indexes \\ Appendix A: production and digital technology \\ Overview \\ Markup \\ Design \\ The electronic workflow \\ Options for presenting content \\ Print technologies \\ Appendix B: glossary

entry:
@Book{Anonymous:2010:CMS,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "The {Chicago} Manual of Style",
  publisher =    pub-U-CHICAGO,
  address =      pub-U-CHICAGO:adr,
  edition =      "16th",
  pages =        "xvi + 1026",
  year =         "2010",
  ISBN =         "0-226-10420-6 (hardcover)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-226-10420-1 (hardcover)",
  LCCN =         "Z253 .U69 2010",
  bibdate =      "Tue Jan 5 16:03:16 MST 2010",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
                 z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  subject =      "printing; style manuals; authorship",
  tableofcontents = "The publishing process \\
                 Books and journals \\
                 Overview \\
                 The parts of a book \\
                 The parts of a journal \\
                 Considerations for web-based publications \\
                 Manuscript preparation, manuscript editing, and
                 proofreading \\
                 Overview and process outline \\
                 Manuscript preparation guidelines for authors \\
                 Manuscript editing \\
                 Proofreading \\
                 Illustrations and tables \\
                 Overview \\
                 Illustrations \\
                 Tables \\
                 Rights, permissions, and copyright administration / by
                 William S. Strong \\
                 Overview \\
                 Copyright law and the licensing of rights \\
                 The publishing agreement \\
                 Subsidiary rights and permissions \\
                 The author's responsibilities \\
                 Style and usage \\
                 Grammar and usage / by Bryan A. Garner \\
                 Grammar \\
                 Word usage \\
                 Punctuation \\
                 Overview \\
                 Punctuation in relation to surrounding text \\
                 Periods \\
                 Commas \\
                 Semicolons \\
                 Colons \\
                 Question marks \\
                 Exclamation points \\
                 Hyphens and dashes \\
                 Parentheses \\
                 Brackets and braces \\
                 Slashes \\
                 Quotation marks \\
                 Apostrophes \\
                 Multiple punctuation marks \\
                 Lists and outline style \\
                 Spelling, distinctive treatment of words, and compounds
                 \\
                 Overview \\
                 Plurals \\
                 Possessives \\
                 Contractions and interjections \\
                 Word division \\
                 A and an, o and oh \\
                 Ligatures \\
                 Italics, capitals, and quotation marks \\
                 Compounds and hyphenation \\
                 Names and terms \\
                 Overview \\
                 Personal names \\
                 Titles and offices \\
                 Epithets, kinship names, and personifications \\
                 Ethnic, socioeconomic, and other groups \\
                 Names of places \\
                 Words derived from proper names \\
                 Names of organizations \\
                 Historical and cultural terms \\
                 Calendar and time designations \\
                 Religious names and terms \\
                 Military terms \\
                 Names of ships and other vehicles \\
                 Scientific terminology \\
                 Brand names and trademarks \\
                 Titles of works \\
                 Signs and mottoes \\
                 Numbers \\
                 Overview \\
                 Numerals versus words \\
                 Plurals and punctuation of numbers \\
                 Inclusive numbers \\
                 Roman numerals \\
                 Abbreviations \\
                 Overview \\
                 Names and titles \\
                 Geographical terms \\
                 Designations of time \\
                 Scholarly abbreviations \\
                 Biblical abbreviations \\
                 Technology and science \\
                 Business and commerce \\
                 Foreign languages \\
                 Overview \\
                 Titles and other proper names \\
                 Languages using the Latin alphabet \\
                 Languages usually transliterated (or romanized) \\
                 Classical Greek \\
                 Old English and middle English \\
                 American sign language \\
                 Mathematics in type \\
                 Overview \\
                 Style of mathematical expressions \\
                 Preparation and editing of paper manuscripts \\
                 Quotations and dialogue \\
                 Overview \\
                 Permissible changes to quotations \\
                 Quotations in relation to text \\
                 Quotation marks \\
                 Ellipses \\
                 Interpolations and clarifications \\
                 Citing sources in text \\
                 Foreign-language quotations \\
                 Documentation \\
                 Documentation I: notes and bibliography \\
                 Source citations: an overview \\
                 Notes and bibliography: basic format, with examples and
                 variations \\
                 Notes \\
                 Bibliographies \\
                 Books \\
                 Periodicals \\
                 Interviews and personal communications \\
                 Unpublished and informally published material \\
                 Special types of references \\
                 Audiovisual materials \\
                 Legal and public documents \\
                 Documentation II: author-date references \\
                 Overview \\
                 Author-date references: basic format, with examples and
                 variations \\
                 Reference lists and text citations \\
                 Author-date references: special cases \\
                 Indexes \\
                 Overview \\
                 Components of an index \\
                 General principles of indexing \\
                 Indexing proper names and variants \\
                 Indexing titles of publications and other works \\
                 Alphabetizing \\
                 Punctuating indexes: a summary \\
                 The mechanics of indexing \\
                 Editing an index compiled by someone else \\
                 Typographical considerations for indexes \\
                 Examples of indexes \\
                 Appendix A: production and digital technology \\
                 Overview \\
                 Markup \\
                 Design \\
                 The electronic workflow \\
                 Options for presenting content \\
                 Print technologies \\
                 Appendix B: glossary",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Anonymous:2017:CMS
author: Anonymous
title: The Chicago Manual of Style
publisher: pub-U-CHICAGO
address: pub-U-CHICAGO:adr
edition: 17th
pages: xvi + 1144
year: 2017
ISBN: 0-226-28705-X (hardcover) OR 022628705X (hardcover)
ISBN13: 978-0-226-28705-8 (hardcover) OR 9780226287058 (hardcover)
LCCN: Z253 .U69 2017
bibdate: Thu Apr 06 12:16:30 2017
bibtimestamp: 2017.04.06 12:16:30 ???
subject: printing; style manuals; authorship
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Anonymous
rawtitle: The {Chicago} Manual of Style
bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib; z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager

abstract:
In the seven years since the previous edition debuted, we have seen an extraordinary evolution in the way we create and share knowledge. This seventeenth edition of The Chicago Manual of Style has been prepared with an eye toward how we find, create, and cite information that readers are as likely to access from their pockets as from a bookshelf. It offers updated guidelines on electronic workflows and publication formats, tools for PDF annotation and citation management, web accessibility standards, and effective use of metadata, abstracts, and keywords. It recognizes the needs of those who are self-publishing or following open access or Creative Commons publishing models. The citation chapters reflect the ever-expanding universe of electronic sources--including social media posts and comments, private messages, and app content--and also offer updated guidelines on such issues as DOIs, time stamps, and e-book locators.

TOC:
Part 1: The publishing process Books and journals Manuscript preparation, manuscript editing, and proofreading Illustrations and tables Rights, permissions, and copyright administration / by William S. Strong Part 2: Style and usage Grammar and usage / by Bryan A. Garner Punctuation Spelling, distinctive treatment of words, and compounds Names, terms, and titles of terms Numbers Abbreviations Languages other than English Mathematics in type Quotations and dialogue Part 3: Source citations and indexes Notes and bibliography Author--date references Indexes

rawabstract:
In the seven years since the previous edition debuted, we have seen an extraordinary evolution in the way we create and share knowledge. This seventeenth edition of The Chicago Manual of Style has been prepared with an eye toward how we find, create, and cite information that readers are as likely to access from their pockets as from a bookshelf. It offers updated guidelines on electronic workflows and publication formats, tools for PDF annotation and citation management, web accessibility standards, and effective use of metadata, abstracts, and keywords. It recognizes the needs of those who are self-publishing or following open access or Creative Commons publishing models. The citation chapters reflect the ever-expanding universe of electronic sources--including social media posts and comments, private messages, and app content--and also offer updated guidelines on such issues as DOIs, time stamps, and e-book locators.

rawTOC:
Part 1: The publishing process Books and journals \\ Manuscript preparation, manuscript editing, and proofreading \\ Illustrations and tables \\ Rights, permissions, and copyright administration / by William S. Strong \\ Part 2: Style and usage \\ Grammar and usage / by Bryan A. Garner \\ Punctuation \\ Spelling, distinctive treatment of words, and compounds \\ Names, terms, and titles of terms \\ Numbers \\ Abbreviations \\ Languages other than English \\ Mathematics in type \\ Quotations and dialogue \\ Part 3: Source citations and indexes \\ Notes and bibliography \\ Author--date references \\ Indexes

entry:
@Book{Anonymous:2017:CMS,
  author =       "Anonymous",
  title =        "The {Chicago} Manual of Style",
  publisher =    pub-U-CHICAGO,
  address =      pub-U-CHICAGO:adr,
  edition =      "17th",
  pages =        "xvi + 1144",
  year =         "2017",
  ISBN =         "0-226-28705-X (hardcover)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-226-28705-8 (hardcover)",
  LCCN =         "Z253 .U69 2017",
  bibdate =      "Thu Apr 06 12:16:30 2017",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib;
                 z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager",
  abstract =     "In the seven years since the previous edition debuted,
                 we have seen an extraordinary evolution in the way we
                 create and share knowledge. This seventeenth edition of
                 The Chicago Manual of Style has been prepared with an
                 eye toward how we find, create, and cite information
                 that readers are as likely to access from their pockets
                 as from a bookshelf. It offers updated guidelines on
                 electronic workflows and publication formats, tools for
                 PDF annotation and citation management, web
                 accessibility standards, and effective use of metadata,
                 abstracts, and keywords. It recognizes the needs of
                 those who are self-publishing or following open access
                 or Creative Commons publishing models. The citation
                 chapters reflect the ever-expanding universe of
                 electronic sources--including social media posts and
                 comments, private messages, and app content--and also
                 offer updated guidelines on such issues as DOIs, time
                 stamps, and e-book locators.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  subject =      "printing; style manuals; authorship",
  tableofcontents = "Part 1: The publishing process Books and journals
                 \\
                 Manuscript preparation, manuscript editing, and
                 proofreading \\
                 Illustrations and tables \\
                 Rights, permissions, and copyright administration / by
                 William S. Strong \\
                 Part 2: Style and usage \\
                 Grammar and usage / by Bryan A. Garner \\
                 Punctuation \\
                 Spelling, distinctive treatment of words, and compounds
                 \\
                 Names, terms, and titles of terms \\
                 Numbers \\
                 Abbreviations \\
                 Languages other than English \\
                 Mathematics in type \\
                 Quotations and dialogue \\
                 Part 3: Source citations and indexes \\
                 Notes and bibliography \\
                 Author--date references \\
                 Indexes",
}


bibtype: manual
filename: master.bib
label: ANSI:ada
title: Military Standard Ada Programming Language
organization: pub-ANSI
address: pub-ANSI:adr
pages: xvi + 1144
month: feb
monthnumber: 2
year: 1983
bibdate: Sun May 2 07:42:36 1999
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1999.05.02 07:42:36 ???
note: Also MIL-STD-1815A. See also cite Ada79:rationale,Ada79:refman.
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawnote: Also MIL-STD-1815A. See also \cite{Ada79:rationale,Ada79:refman}.
rawtitle: Military Standard {Ada} Programming Language
entry:
@Manual{ANSI:ada,
  title =        "Military Standard {Ada} Programming Language",
  organization = pub-ANSI,
  address =      pub-ANSI:adr,
  month =        feb # " 17",
  year =         "1983",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 2 07:42:36 1999",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "Also MIL-STD-1815A. See also
                 \cite{Ada79:rationale,Ada79:refman}.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: manual
filename: master.bib
label: ANSI:c86
title: Draft Proposed American National Standard Programming Language C
organization: pub-ANSI
address: pub-ANSI:adr
pages: xvi + 1144
month: oct
monthnumber: 10
year: 1986
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawtitle: Draft Proposed American National Standard Programming Language {C}
entry:
@Manual{ANSI:c86,
  title =        "Draft Proposed American National Standard Programming
                 Language {C}",
  organization = pub-ANSI,
  address =      pub-ANSI:adr,
  month =        oct # " 1",
  year =         "1986",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: manual
filename: master.bib
label: ANSI:c88a
title: Draft Proposed American National Standard Programming Language C
organization: pub-ANSI
address: pub-ANSI:adr
pages: xvi + 1144
month: jan
monthnumber: 1
year: 1988
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawtitle: Draft Proposed American National Standard Programming Language {C}
entry:
@Manual{ANSI:c88a,
  title =        "Draft Proposed American National Standard Programming
                 Language {C}",
  organization = pub-ANSI,
  address =      pub-ANSI:adr,
  month =        jan # " 11",
  year =         "1988",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: manual
filename: master.bib
label: ANSI:c88b
title: Draft Proposed American National Standard Programming Language C
organization: pub-ANSI
address: pub-ANSI:adr
pages: xvi + 1144
month: oct
monthnumber: 10
year: 1988
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawtitle: Draft Proposed American National Standard Programming Language {C}
entry:
@Manual{ANSI:c88b,
  title =        "Draft Proposed American National Standard Programming
                 Language {C}",
  organization = pub-ANSI,
  address =      pub-ANSI:adr,
  month =        oct # " 31",
  year =         "1988",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: manual
filename: master.bib
label: ANSI:c89
title: American National Standard Programming Language C, ANSI X3.159-1989
organization: pub-ANSI
address: pub-ANSI:adr
pages: xvi + 1144
month: dec
monthnumber: 12
year: 1989
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawtitle: {American National Standard Programming Language C, ANSI X3.159-1989}
entry:
@Manual{ANSI:c89,
  title =        "{American National Standard Programming Language C,
                 ANSI X3.159-1989}",
  organization = pub-ANSI,
  address =      pub-ANSI:adr,
  month =        dec # " 14",
  year =         "1989",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: manual
filename: master.bib
label: ANSI:ftn66
title: ANSI Fortran X3.9-1966
organization: pub-ANSI
address: pub-ANSI:adr
pages: xvi + 1144
year: 1966
bibdate: Sun May 2 07:43:16 1999
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1999.05.02 07:43:16 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawtitle: {ANSI Fortran X3.9-1966}
note:
Approved March 7, 1966 (also known as Fortran 66). See also subsequent clarifications cite ANSI:ftn69 and cite ANSI:ftn71, and history cite Heising:ftn.

rawnote:
Approved March 7, 1966 (also known as Fortran 66). See also subsequent clarifications \cite{ANSI:ftn69} and \cite{ANSI:ftn71}, and history \cite{Heising:ftn}.

entry:
@Manual{ANSI:ftn66,
  title =        "{ANSI Fortran X3.9-1966}",
  organization = pub-ANSI,
  address =      pub-ANSI:adr,
  year =         "1966",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 2 07:43:16 1999",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "Approved March 7, 1966 (also known as Fortran 66). See
                 also subsequent clarifications \cite{ANSI:ftn69} and
                 \cite{ANSI:ftn71}, and history \cite{Heising:ftn}.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: article
filename: master.bib
label: ANSI:ftn69
author: ANSI Subcommittee X3J3
title: Clarification of Fortran Standards: Initial Progress
journal: j-CACM
volume: 12
pages: 289--294
year: 1969
bibdate: Sat Oct 28 08:25:35 2000
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2000.10.28 08:25:35 ???
note: See also cite ANSI:ftn66.
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: {ANSI Subcommittee X3J3}
rawnote: See also \cite{ANSI:ftn66}.
rawtitle: Clarification of {Fortran} Standards: Initial Progress
entry:
@Article{ANSI:ftn69,
  author =       "{ANSI Subcommittee X3J3}",
  title =        "Clarification of {Fortran} Standards: Initial
                 Progress",
  journal =      j-CACM,
  volume =       "12",
  pages =        "289--294",
  year =         "1969",
  bibdate =      "Sat Oct 28 08:25:35 2000",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "See also \cite{ANSI:ftn66}.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: article
filename: master.bib
label: ANSI:ftn71
author: ANSI Subcommittee X3J3
title: Clarification of Fortran Standards: Second Report
journal: j-CACM
volume: 14
pages: 628--642
year: 1971
bibdate: Sat Oct 28 08:25:37 2000
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2000.10.28 08:25:37 ???
note: See also cite ANSI:ftn66.
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: {ANSI Subcommittee X3J3}
rawnote: See also \cite{ANSI:ftn66}.
rawtitle: Clarification of {Fortran} Standards: Second Report
entry:
@Article{ANSI:ftn71,
  author =       "{ANSI Subcommittee X3J3}",
  title =        "Clarification of {Fortran} Standards: Second Report",
  journal =      j-CACM,
  volume =       "14",
  pages =        "628--642",
  year =         "1971",
  bibdate =      "Sat Oct 28 08:25:37 2000",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "See also \cite{ANSI:ftn66}.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: article
filename: master.bib
label: ANSI:ftn76
author: ANSI Subcommittee X3J3
title: Draft Proposed ANS Fortran
journal: j-SIGPLAN
volume: 11
number: 3
pages: 628--642
year: 1976
bibdate: Sat Oct 28 08:25:39 2000
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2000.10.28 08:25:39 ???
note: See also final standard cite ANSI:ftn77.
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: {ANSI Subcommittee X3J3}
rawnote: See also final standard \cite{ANSI:ftn77}.
rawtitle: Draft Proposed {ANS Fortran}
entry:
@Article{ANSI:ftn76,
  author =       "{ANSI Subcommittee X3J3}",
  title =        "Draft Proposed {ANS Fortran}",
  journal =      j-SIGPLAN,
  volume =       "11",
  number =       "3",
  year =         "1976",
  bibdate =      "Sat Oct 28 08:25:39 2000",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "See also final standard \cite{ANSI:ftn77}.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: manual
filename: master.bib
label: ANSI:ftn77
title: ANSI Fortran X3.9--1978
organization: pub-ANSI
address: pub-ANSI:adr
pages: 628--642
year: 1978
bibdate: Sun May 2 07:43:43 1999
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1999.05.02 07:43:43 ???
note: Approved April 3, 1978 (also known as Fortran 77). See also draft cite ANSI:ftn76.
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawnote: Approved April 3, 1978 (also known as Fortran 77). See also draft \cite{ANSI:ftn76}.
rawtitle: {ANSI Fortran X3}.9--1978
entry:
@Manual{ANSI:ftn77,
  title =        "{ANSI Fortran X3}.9--1978",
  organization = pub-ANSI,
  address =      pub-ANSI:adr,
  year =         "1978",
  bibdate =      "Sun May 2 07:43:43 1999",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "Approved April 3, 1978 (also known as Fortran 77). See
                 also draft \cite{ANSI:ftn76}.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: manual
filename: master.bib
label: ANSI:ftn8x
title: Draft Proposed ANSI Fortran X3.9--198x
organization: pub-ANSI
address: pub-ANSI:adr
pages: 628--642
month: sep
monthnumber: 9
year: 1987
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
note: See also cite Metcalf:F8E87.
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawnote: See also \cite{Metcalf:F8E87}.
rawtitle: Draft Proposed {ANSI Fortran X3}.9--198x
entry:
@Manual{ANSI:ftn8x,
  title =        "Draft Proposed {ANSI Fortran X3}.9--198x",
  organization = pub-ANSI,
  address =      pub-ANSI:adr,
  month =        sep # " 18",
  year =         "1987",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "See also \cite{Metcalf:F8E87}.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: manual
filename: master.bib
label: ANSI:ftn92
title: American National Standard Programming Language Fortran Extended X3.198--1992
organization: pub-ANSI
address: pub-ANSI:adr
pages: 628--642
year: 1992
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/fparith.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawtitle: {American National Standard Programming Language Fortran Extended X3.198--1992}
note:
This US Standard is identical to the international standard, ISO 1539:1991. See also cite Adams:1992:FHC,Brainerd:1990:PGF,Counihan:1991:F,Metcalf:1990:FE.

rawnote:
This US Standard is identical to the international standard, ISO 1539:1991. See also \cite{Adams:1992:FHC,Brainerd:1990:PGF,Counihan:1991:F,Metcalf:1990:FE}.

entry:
@Manual{ANSI:ftn92,
  title =        "{American National Standard Programming Language
                 Fortran Extended X3.198--1992}",
  organization = pub-ANSI,
  address =      pub-ANSI:adr,
  year =         "1992",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/fparith.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "This US Standard is identical to the international
                 standard, ISO 1539:1991. See also
                 \cite{Adams:1992:FHC,Brainerd:1990:PGF,Counihan:1991:F,Metcalf:1990:FE}.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: manual
filename: master.bib
label: ANSI:ftn9x
title: Draft Proposed American National Standard Programming Language Fortran Extended X3.198--199x
organization: pub-ANSI
address: pub-ANSI:adr
pages: 628--642
month: sep
monthnumber: 9
year: 1990
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
note: See also cite Metcalf:F8E87.
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawnote: See also \cite{Metcalf:F8E87}.
rawtitle: Draft Proposed {American National Standard} Programming Language {Fortran} Extended {X3}.198--199x
entry:
@Manual{ANSI:ftn9x,
  title =        "Draft Proposed {American National Standard}
                 Programming Language {Fortran} Extended
                 {X3}.198--199x",
  organization = pub-ANSI,
  address =      pub-ANSI:adr,
  month =        sep # " 24",
  year =         "1990",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "See also \cite{Metcalf:F8E87}.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: manual
filename: master.bib
label: ANSI:gks
title: Information Systems: Computer Graphics: Graphical Kernel System (GKS). ANSI X3.124-1985
organization: pub-ANSI
address: pub-ANSI:adr
pages: 628--642
year: 1985
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
note: Includes Fortran bindings to GKS.
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawnote: Includes Fortran bindings to GKS.
rawtitle: Information Systems: Computer Graphics: Graphical Kernel System ({GKS}). {ANSI X3.124-1985}
entry:
@Manual{ANSI:gks,
  title =        "Information Systems: Computer Graphics: Graphical
                 Kernel System ({GKS}). {ANSI X3.124-1985}",
  organization = pub-ANSI,
  address =      pub-ANSI:adr,
  year =         "1985",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "Includes Fortran bindings to GKS.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: manual
filename: master.bib
label: ANSI:metafile
organization: pub-ANSI
address: pub-ANSI:adr
pages: 628--642
year: 1986
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
title:
Information Systems: Computer Graphics: Metafile for the Storage and Transfer of Picture Description Information. ANSI X3.122-1986

rawtitle:
Information Systems: Computer Graphics: Metafile for the Storage and Transfer of Picture Description Information. {ANSI X3.122-1986}

entry:
@Manual{ANSI:metafile,
  title =        "Information Systems: Computer Graphics: Metafile for
                 the Storage and Transfer of Picture Description
                 Information. {ANSI X3.122-1986}",
  organization = pub-ANSI,
  address =      pub-ANSI:adr,
  year =         "1986",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: manual
filename: master.bib
label: ANSI:pascal
title: The Pascal Programming Language. ANSI / IEEE 770X3.97-1983
organization: pub-ANSI
address: pub-ANSI:adr
pages: 628--642
year: 1983
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
note: See also cite Jensen:1974:PUM,Jensen:1985:PUM.
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawnote: See also \cite{Jensen:1974:PUM,Jensen:1985:PUM}.
rawtitle: The Pascal Programming Language. {ANSI\slash IEEE} {770X3}.97-1983
entry:
@Manual{ANSI:pascal,
  title =        "The Pascal Programming Language. {ANSI\slash IEEE}
                 {770X3}.97-1983",
  organization = pub-ANSI,
  address =      pub-ANSI:adr,
  year =         "1983",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "See also \cite{Jensen:1974:PUM,Jensen:1985:PUM}.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: manual
filename: master.bib
label: ANSI:phigs
organization: pub-ANSI
address: pub-ANSI:adr
pages: 628--642
year: 1988
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
title:
Information Systems: Computer Graphics: Programmer's Hierarchical Interactive Graphical System. Draft proposal X3.144.1988

rawtitle:
Information Systems: Computer Graphics: Programmer's Hierarchical Interactive Graphical System. Draft proposal {X3}.144.1988

entry:
@Manual{ANSI:phigs,
  title =        "Information Systems: Computer Graphics: Programmer's
                 Hierarchical Interactive Graphical System. Draft
                 proposal {X3}.144.1988",
  organization = pub-ANSI,
  address =      pub-ANSI:adr,
  year =         "1988",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: manual
filename: master.bib
label: ANSI:phigs+
title: PHIGS+ Functional Description, Revision 2.0
organization: pub-ANSI
address: pub-ANSI:adr
pages: 628--642
month: jul
monthnumber: 7
year: 1987
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawtitle: {PHIGS}+ Functional Description, Revision 2.0
entry:
@Manual{ANSI:phigs+,
  title =        "{PHIGS}+ Functional Description, Revision 2.0",
  organization = pub-ANSI,
  address =      pub-ANSI:adr,
  month =        jul # " 20",
  year =         "1987",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: APA:1994:PMA
author: American Psychological Association
title: Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association
publisher: American Psychological Association
address: Washington, DC, USA
edition: Fourth
pages: xxxii + 368
year: 1994
LCCN: BF76.7.P82 1994
bibdate: Fri Aug 07 17:19:51 1998
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1998.08.07 17:19:51 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: {American Psychological Association}
rawtitle: Publication Manual of the {American Psychological Association}
ISBN:
1-55798-243-0 (hardcover), 1-55798-241-4 (paperback) OR 1557982430 (hardcover), 1557982414 (paperback)

ISBN13:
978-1-55798-243-8 (hardcover), 978-1-55798-241-4 (paperback) OR 9781557982438 (hardcover), 9781557982414 (paperback)

abstract:
Rules for manuscript preparation for articles in the field of psychology and other areas, but especially in the 24 American Psychological Association journals. The rules are arranged under 7 sections covering such topics as expression of ideas, editorial style, preparation, and submitting the manuscript. Appendix gives instructions for handling other than journal articles.

TOC:
Content and organization of a manuscript Expressing ideas and reducing bias in language APA editorial style Reference list Manuscript preparation and sample papers to be submitted for publication Material other than journal articles Manuscript acceptance and production Journals program of the American Psychological Association Appendix A: Checklist for manuscript submission Appendix B: Checklist for transmitting accepted manuscripts for electronic production Appendix C: Ethical standards for the reporting and publishing of scientific information Appendix D: References to legal materials Appendix E: Sample cover letter

rawabstract:
Rules for manuscript preparation for articles in the field of psychology and other areas, but especially in the 24 American Psychological Association journals. The rules are arranged under 7 sections covering such topics as expression of ideas, editorial style, preparation, and submitting the manuscript. Appendix gives instructions for handling other than journal articles.

rawTOC:
Content and organization of a manuscript \\ Expressing ideas and reducing bias in language \\ APA editorial style \\ Reference list \\ Manuscript preparation and sample papers to be submitted for publication \\ Material other than journal articles \\ Manuscript acceptance and production \\ Journals program of the American Psychological Association \\ Appendix A: Checklist for manuscript submission \\ Appendix B: Checklist for transmitting accepted manuscripts for electronic production \\ Appendix C: Ethical standards for the reporting and publishing of scientific information \\ Appendix D: References to legal materials \\ Appendix E: Sample cover letter

entry:
@Book{APA:1994:PMA,
  author =       "{American Psychological Association}",
  title =        "Publication Manual of the {American Psychological
                 Association}",
  publisher =    "American Psychological Association",
  address =      "Washington, DC, USA",
  edition =      "Fourth",
  pages =        "xxxii + 368",
  year =         "1994",
  ISBN =         "1-55798-243-0 (hardcover), 1-55798-241-4 (paperback)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-1-55798-243-8 (hardcover), 978-1-55798-241-4
                 (paperback)",
  LCCN =         "BF76.7.P82 1994",
  bibdate =      "Fri Aug 07 17:19:51 1998",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  price =        "US\$23.00 (paperback)",
  abstract =     "Rules for manuscript preparation for articles in the
                 field of psychology and other areas, but especially in
                 the 24 American Psychological Association journals. The
                 rules are arranged under 7 sections covering such
                 topics as expression of ideas, editorial style,
                 preparation, and submitting the manuscript. Appendix
                 gives instructions for handling other than journal
                 articles.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  tableofcontents = "Content and organization of a manuscript \\
                 Expressing ideas and reducing bias in language \\
                 APA editorial style \\
                 Reference list \\
                 Manuscript preparation and sample papers to be
                 submitted for publication \\
                 Material other than journal articles \\
                 Manuscript acceptance and production \\
                 Journals program of the American Psychological
                 Association \\
                 Appendix A: Checklist for manuscript submission \\
                 Appendix B: Checklist for transmitting accepted
                 manuscripts for electronic production \\
                 Appendix C: Ethical standards for the reporting and
                 publishing of scientific information \\
                 Appendix D: References to legal materials \\
                 Appendix E: Sample cover letter",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: APA:2001:PMA
author: American Psychological Association
title: Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association
publisher: American Psychological Association
address: Washington, DC, USA
edition: Fifth
pages: xxviii + 439
year: 2001
LCCN: BF76.7.P83 2001; PE1475 .P976 2001; WZ345 P83 2001
bibdate: Thu May 16 14:21:17 2002
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2002.05.16 14:21:17 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: {American Psychological Association}
rawtitle: Publication Manual of the {American Psychological Association}
ISBN:
1-55798-790-4 (hardcover), 1-55798-810-2 (coil bound), 1-55798-791-2 (paperback) OR 1557987904 (hardcover), 1557988102 (coil bound), 1557987912 (paperback)

ISBN13:
978-1-55798-790-7 (hardcover), 978-1-55798-810-2 (coil bound), 978-1-55798-791-4 (paperback) OR 9781557987907 (hardcover), 9781557988102 (coil bound), 9781557987914 (paperback)

abstract:
The booktitle Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association is the style manual of choice for writers, editors, students, educators, and professionals in psychology, sociology, business, economics, nursing, social work, and justice administration, and other disciplines in which effective communication with words and data is fundamental. In addition to providing clear guidance on grammar, the mechanics of writing, and APA Style, the booktitle Publication Manual offers an authoritative and easy-to-use reference and citation system and comprehensive coverage of the treatment of numbers, metrication, statistical and mathematical data, tables, and figures for use in writing, reports, or presentations. The fifth edition has been revised and updated to include: (a) the latest guidelines and examples for referencing electronic and online sources; (b) new and revised guidelines for submitting papers electronically; (c) Improved guidelines for avoiding plagiarism; (d) Simplified formatting guidelines for writers using up-to-date word-processing software; (e) all new guidelines for presenting case studies; (f) improved guidelines for the construction of tables; (g) updates on copyright and permissions issues for writers; (h) new reference examples for audiovisual media and patents; and (i) an expanded and improved index for quick and easy access.

TOC:
1: Content and organization of a manuscript 2: Expressing ideas and reducing bias in language 3: APA editorial style 4: Reference list 5: Manuscript preparation and sample papers to be submitted for publication 6: Material other than journal articles 7: Manuscript acceptance and production 8: Journals program of the American Psychological Association 9: Bibliography Appendix A: Checklist for manuscript submission Appendix B: Checklist for transmitting accepted manuscripts for electronic production Appendix C: Ethical standards for the reporting and publishing of scientific information Appendix D: References to legal materials Appendix E: Sample cover letter

rawabstract:
The \booktitle{Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association} is the style manual of choice for writers, editors, students, educators, and professionals in psychology, sociology, business, economics, nursing, social work, and justice administration, and other disciplines in which effective communication with words and data is fundamental. In addition to providing clear guidance on grammar, the mechanics of writing, and APA Style, the \booktitle{Publication Manual} offers an authoritative and easy-to-use reference and citation system and comprehensive coverage of the treatment of numbers, metrication, statistical and mathematical data, tables, and figures for use in writing, reports, or presentations. The fifth edition has been revised and updated to include: (a) the latest guidelines and examples for referencing electronic and online sources; (b) new and revised guidelines for submitting papers electronically; (c) Improved guidelines for avoiding plagiarism; (d) Simplified formatting guidelines for writers using up-to-date word-processing software; (e) all new guidelines for presenting case studies; (f) improved guidelines for the construction of tables; (g) updates on copyright and permissions issues for writers; (h) new reference examples for audiovisual media and patents; and (i) an expanded and improved index for quick and easy access.

rawTOC:
1: Content and organization of a manuscript \\ 2: Expressing ideas and reducing bias in language \\ 3: APA editorial style \\ 4: Reference list \\ 5: Manuscript preparation and sample papers to be submitted for publication \\ 6: Material other than journal articles \\ 7: Manuscript acceptance and production \\ 8: Journals program of the American Psychological Association \\ 9: Bibliography \\ Appendix A: Checklist for manuscript submission \\ Appendix B: Checklist for transmitting accepted manuscripts for electronic production \\ Appendix C: Ethical standards for the reporting and publishing of scientific information \\ Appendix D: References to legal materials \\ Appendix E: Sample cover letter

entry:
@Book{APA:2001:PMA,
  author =       "{American Psychological Association}",
  title =        "Publication Manual of the {American Psychological
                 Association}",
  publisher =    "American Psychological Association",
  address =      "Washington, DC, USA",
  edition =      "Fifth",
  pages =        "xxviii + 439",
  year =         "2001",
  ISBN =         "1-55798-790-4 (hardcover), 1-55798-810-2 (coil bound),
                 1-55798-791-2 (paperback)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-1-55798-790-7 (hardcover), 978-1-55798-810-2 (coil
                 bound), 978-1-55798-791-4 (paperback)",
  LCCN =         "BF76.7.P83 2001; PE1475 .P976 2001; WZ345 P83 2001",
  bibdate =      "Thu May 16 14:21:17 2002",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  abstract =     "The \booktitle{Publication Manual of the American
                 Psychological Association} is the style manual of
                 choice for writers, editors, students, educators, and
                 professionals in psychology, sociology, business,
                 economics, nursing, social work, and justice
                 administration, and other disciplines in which
                 effective communication with words and data is
                 fundamental. In addition to providing clear guidance on
                 grammar, the mechanics of writing, and APA Style, the
                 \booktitle{Publication Manual} offers an authoritative
                 and easy-to-use reference and citation system and
                 comprehensive coverage of the treatment of numbers,
                 metrication, statistical and mathematical data, tables,
                 and figures for use in writing, reports, or
                 presentations. The fifth edition has been revised and
                 updated to include: (a) the latest guidelines and
                 examples for referencing electronic and online sources;
                 (b) new and revised guidelines for submitting papers
                 electronically; (c) Improved guidelines for avoiding
                 plagiarism; (d) Simplified formatting guidelines for
                 writers using up-to-date word-processing software; (e)
                 all new guidelines for presenting case studies; (f)
                 improved guidelines for the construction of tables; (g)
                 updates on copyright and permissions issues for
                 writers; (h) new reference examples for audiovisual
                 media and patents; and (i) an expanded and improved
                 index for quick and easy access.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  libnote =      "Not in my library.",
  tableofcontents = "1: Content and organization of a manuscript \\
                 2: Expressing ideas and reducing bias in language \\
                 3: APA editorial style \\
                 4: Reference list \\
                 5: Manuscript preparation and sample papers to be
                 submitted for publication \\
                 6: Material other than journal articles \\
                 7: Manuscript acceptance and production \\
                 8: Journals program of the American Psychological
                 Association \\
                 9: Bibliography \\
                 Appendix A: Checklist for manuscript submission \\
                 Appendix B: Checklist for transmitting accepted
                 manuscripts for electronic production \\
                 Appendix C: Ethical standards for the reporting and
                 publishing of scientific information \\
                 Appendix D: References to legal materials \\
                 Appendix E: Sample cover letter",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: APA:2010:PMA
author: American Psychological Association
title: Publication manual of the American Psychological Association
publisher: American Psychological Association
address: Washington, DC, USA
edition: Sixth
pages: xviii + 272
year: 2010
LCCN: BF76.7 .P83 2010
bibdate: Tue Jan 5 15:57:45 MST 2010
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager
bibtimestamp: 2010.01.05 15:57:45 MST
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: {American Psychological Association}
rawtitle: Publication manual of the {American Psychological Association}
ISBN:
1-4338-0559-6 (hardcover), 1-4338-0561-8 (softcover), 1-4338-0562-6 (spiral bound) OR 1433805596 (hardcover), 1433805618 (softcover), 1433805626 (spiral bound)

ISBN13:
978-1-4338-0559-2 (hardcover), 978-1-4338-0561-5 (softcover), 978-1-4338-0562-2 (spiral bound) OR 9781433805592 (hardcover), 9781433805615 (softcover), 9781433805622 (spiral bound)

subject:
psychology; authorship; style manuals; social sciences; psychological literature; publishing; handbooks, manuals, etc; social science literature

TOC:
1. Writing for the behavioral and social sciences: Types of articles Ethical and legal standards in publishing Ensuring the accuracy of scientific knowledge Protecting the rights and welfare of research participants Protecting intellectual property rights 2. Manuscript structure and content: Journal article reporting standards Manuscript elements Sample papers 3. Writing clearly and concisely: Organization Writing style Reducing bias in language General guidelines for reducing bias Reducing bias by topic Grammar and usage 4. Mechanics of style: Punctuation Spelling Capitalization Italics Abbreviations Numbers Metrication Statistical and mathematical copy Equations 5. Displaying results: General guidance on table and figures Tables Figures Presenting electrophysiological, radiological, and other biological data 6. Crediting sources: When to cite Quoting and paraphrasing Citing references in text Reference list Reference components 7. Reference examples: Types and variations Examples by type Appendix 7-1: References to legal materials 8. Publication process: Editorial process Author responsibilities Appendix: Journal article reporting standards (JARS), Meta-analysis reporting standards (MARS), and flow of participants through each stage of an experiment or quasi-experiment

rawTOC:
1. Writing for the behavioral and social sciences: Types of articles \\ Ethical and legal standards in publishing \\ Ensuring the accuracy of scientific knowledge \\ Protecting the rights and welfare of research participants \\ Protecting intellectual property rights \\ 2. Manuscript structure and content: Journal article reporting standards \\ Manuscript elements \\ Sample papers \\ 3. Writing clearly and concisely: Organization \\ Writing style \\ Reducing bias in language \\ General guidelines for reducing bias \\ Reducing bias by topic \\ Grammar and usage \\ 4. Mechanics of style: Punctuation \\ Spelling \\ Capitalization \\ Italics \\ Abbreviations \\ Numbers \\ Metrication \\ Statistical and mathematical copy \\ Equations \\ 5. Displaying results: General guidance on table and figures \\ Tables \\ Figures \\ Presenting electrophysiological, radiological, and other biological data \\ 6. Crediting sources: When to cite \\ Quoting and paraphrasing \\ Citing references in text \\ Reference list \\ Reference components \\ 7. Reference examples: Types and variations \\ Examples by type \\ Appendix 7-1: References to legal materials \\ 8. Publication process: Editorial process \\ Author responsibilities \\ Appendix: Journal article reporting standards (JARS), Meta-analysis reporting standards (MARS), and flow of participants through each stage of an experiment or quasi-experiment

entry:
@Book{APA:2010:PMA,
  author =       "{American Psychological Association}",
  title =        "Publication manual of the {American Psychological
                 Association}",
  publisher =    "American Psychological Association",
  address =      "Washington, DC, USA",
  edition =      "Sixth",
  pages =        "xviii + 272",
  year =         "2010",
  ISBN =         "1-4338-0559-6 (hardcover), 1-4338-0561-8 (softcover),
                 1-4338-0562-6 (spiral bound)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-1-4338-0559-2 (hardcover), 978-1-4338-0561-5
                 (softcover), 978-1-4338-0562-2 (spiral bound)",
  LCCN =         "BF76.7 .P83 2010",
  bibdate =      "Tue Jan 5 15:57:45 MST 2010",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  subject =      "psychology; authorship; style manuals; social
                 sciences; psychological literature; publishing;
                 handbooks, manuals, etc; social science literature",
  tableofcontents = "1. Writing for the behavioral and social sciences:
                 Types of articles \\
                 Ethical and legal standards in publishing \\
                 Ensuring the accuracy of scientific knowledge \\
                 Protecting the rights and welfare of research
                 participants \\
                 Protecting intellectual property rights \\
                 2. Manuscript structure and content: Journal article
                 reporting standards \\
                 Manuscript elements \\
                 Sample papers \\
                 3. Writing clearly and concisely: Organization \\
                 Writing style \\
                 Reducing bias in language \\
                 General guidelines for reducing bias \\
                 Reducing bias by topic \\
                 Grammar and usage \\
                 4. Mechanics of style: Punctuation \\
                 Spelling \\
                 Capitalization \\
                 Italics \\
                 Abbreviations \\
                 Numbers \\
                 Metrication \\
                 Statistical and mathematical copy \\
                 Equations \\
                 5. Displaying results: General guidance on table and
                 figures \\
                 Tables \\
                 Figures \\
                 Presenting electrophysiological, radiological, and
                 other biological data \\
                 6. Crediting sources: When to cite \\
                 Quoting and paraphrasing \\
                 Citing references in text \\
                 Reference list \\
                 Reference components \\
                 7. Reference examples: Types and variations \\
                 Examples by type \\
                 Appendix 7-1: References to legal materials \\
                 8. Publication process: Editorial process \\
                 Author responsibilities \\
                 Appendix: Journal article reporting standards (JARS),
                 Meta-analysis reporting standards (MARS), and flow of
                 participants through each stage of an experiment or
                 quasi-experiment",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Appelt:1988:TFP
author: Wolfgang Appelt
title: TeX fur Fortgeschrittene: Programmiertechniken und Makropakete
publisher: pub-AW
address: pub-AW:adr
pages: x + 179
year: 1988
ISBN: 3-89319-115-1 OR 3893191151
ISBN13: 978-3-89319-115-4 OR 9783893191154
bibdate: Wed Dec 15 08:47:26 1993
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.15 08:47:26 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Wolfgang Appelt
rawtitle: {{\TeX{} f{\"u}r Fortgeschrittene: Programmiertechniken und Makropakete}}
bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib

entry:
@Book{Appelt:1988:TFP,
  author =       "Wolfgang Appelt",
  title =        "{{\TeX{} f{\"u}r Fortgeschrittene:
                 Programmiertechniken und Makropakete}}",
  publisher =    pub-AW,
  address =      pub-AW:adr,
  pages =        "x + 179",
  year =         "1988",
  ISBN =         "3-89319-115-1",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-3-89319-115-4",
  LCCN =         "????",
  bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 08:47:26 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/texbook3.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Apple:1987:TIM
author: Apple Computer, Inc.
title: Technical Introduction to the Macintosh Family
publisher: pub-AW
address: pub-AW:adr
pages: xix + 289
year: 1987
ISBN: 0-201-17765-X OR 020117765X
ISBN13: 978-0-201-17765-7 OR 9780201177657
LCCN: QA76.8.M3 T43 1987
bibdate: Tue Dec 14 22:39:39 1993
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.14 22:39:39 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: {Apple Computer, Inc.}
rawtitle: Technical Introduction to the {Macintosh} Family
entry:
@Book{Apple:1987:TIM,
  author =       "{Apple Computer, Inc.}",
  title =        "Technical Introduction to the {Macintosh} Family",
  publisher =    pub-AW,
  address =      pub-AW:adr,
  pages =        "xix + 289",
  year =         "1987",
  ISBN =         "0-201-17765-X",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-201-17765-7",
  LCCN =         "QA76.8.M3 T43 1987",
  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 22:39:39 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  price =        "US\$19.95",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Apple:1995:PMC
author: Apple Computer, Inc. and IBM Corporation and Motorola, Inc.
title: PowerPC Microprocessor Common Hardware Reference Platform: a System Architecture
publisher: pub-MORGAN-KAUFMANN
address: pub-MORGAN-KAUFMANN:adr
pages: xxiv + 309
year: 1995
ISBN: 1-55860-394-8 OR 1558603948
ISBN13: 978-1-55860-394-3 OR 9781558603943
LCCN: QA76.89.P67P74 1995
bibdate: Fri Jan 19 08:14:50 1996
bibtimestamp: 1996.01.19 08:14:50 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: {Apple Computer, Inc.} and {IBM Corporation} and {Motorola, Inc.}
rawtitle: {PowerPC} Microprocessor Common Hardware Reference Platform: a System Architecture
bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/microchip.bib

abstract:
This book is the primary source of information for anyone developing a hardware platform, an operating system, or hardware component to be part of these standard systems. It describes the hardware to operating system interface that is essential to anyone building hardware platforms and provides the minimum system configurations platform designers must meet when building a standard platform. Component manufacturers require this information to produce compatible chips and adaptors to use on these platforms, and software developers require the information on mandatory functions and documented interfaces. The architecture is intended to support a range of PowerPC microprocessor-based system implementations, including portable, desktop, and server class systems, and allows multiple operating system implementations across a wide range of environments and function. This enables new hardware and software enhancements, which are necessary for the development of improved user interfaces, higher performance, and broader operating environments.

TOC:
Foreword Figures Tables About this Document 1. Introduction 1.1 Platform Topology 2. System Requirements 2.1 System Operation 2.2 Firmware 2.3 Bi-Endian Support 2.4 64-Bit Addressing Support 2.5 Minimum System Requirements 2.6 Options and Extensions 3. System Address Map 3.1 Address Areas 3.2 Address Decoding and Translation 3.3 PC Emulation Option 4. Processor and Memory 4.1 Processor Architecture 4.2 Memory Architecture 5. I/O Bridges 5.1 PCI Host Bridge (PHB) Architecture 5.2 I/O Bus to I/O Bus Bridges 6. Interrupt Controller 6.1 Interrupt Controller Architecture 6.2 Distributed Implementation A Proposal 7. Run-Time Abstraction Services 7.1 RTAS Introduction 7.2 RTAS Environment 7.3 RTAS Call Function Definition 8. Non-Volatile Memory 8.1 System Requirements 8.2 Structure 8.3 Signatures 8.4 Architected Partitions 8.5 NVRAM Space Management 9. I/O Devices 9.1 PCI Devices 9.2 ISA Devices 10. Error and Event Notification10.1 Introduction 10.2 RTAS Error and Event Classes 10.3 RTAS Error and Event Information Reporting 11. Power Management 11.1 Power Management Concepts 11.2 Power-Managed Platform Requirements 11.3 Operating System Requirements 12. The Symmetric Multiprocessor Option 12.1 SMP System Organization 12.2 An SMP Boot Process Appendix A Operating System Information Appendix B Requirements Summary Appendix C Bi-Endian Designs C.1 Little-Endian Address and Data Translation C.2 Conforming Bi-Endian Designs C.3 Software Support for Bi-Endian Operation C.4 Bi-Modal Devices C.5 Future Directions in Bi-Endian Architecture Appendix D Architecture Migration Notes Glossary Trademark Information Bibliography Index

rawabstract:
This book is the primary source of information for anyone developing a hardware platform, an operating system, or hardware component to be part of these standard systems. It describes the hardware to operating system interface that is essential to anyone building hardware platforms and provides the minimum system configurations platform designers must meet when building a standard platform. Component manufacturers require this information to produce compatible chips and adaptors to use on these platforms, and software developers require the information on mandatory functions and documented interfaces. The architecture is intended to support a range of PowerPC microprocessor-based system implementations, including portable, desktop, and server class systems, and allows multiple operating system implementations across a wide range of environments and function. This enables new hardware and software enhancements, which are necessary for the development of improved user interfaces, higher performance, and broader operating environments.

rawTOC:
Foreword \\ Figures \\ Tables \\ About this Document \\ 1. Introduction \\ 1.1 Platform Topology \\ 2. System Requirements \\ 2.1 System Operation \\ 2.2 Firmware \\ 2.3 Bi-Endian Support \\ 2.4 64-Bit Addressing Support \\ 2.5 Minimum System Requirements \\ 2.6 Options and Extensions \\ 3. System Address Map \\ 3.1 Address Areas \\ 3.2 Address Decoding and Translation \\ 3.3 PC Emulation Option \\ 4. Processor and Memory \\ 4.1 Processor Architecture \\ 4.2 Memory Architecture \\ 5. I/O Bridges \\ 5.1 PCI Host Bridge (PHB) Architecture \\ 5.2 I/O Bus to I/O Bus Bridges \\ 6. Interrupt Controller \\ 6.1 Interrupt Controller Architecture \\ 6.2 Distributed Implementation \\ A Proposal \\ 7. Run-Time Abstraction Services \\ 7.1 RTAS Introduction \\ 7.2 RTAS Environment \\ 7.3 RTAS Call Function Definition \\ 8. Non-Volatile Memory \\ 8.1 System Requirements \\ 8.2 Structure \\ 8.3 Signatures \\ 8.4 Architected Partitions \\ 8.5 NVRAM Space Management \\ 9. I/O Devices \\ 9.1 PCI Devices \\ 9.2 ISA Devices \\ 10. Error and Event Notification10.1 Introduction \\ 10.2 RTAS Error and Event Classes \\ 10.3 RTAS Error and Event Information Reporting \\ 11. Power Management \\ 11.1 Power Management Concepts \\ 11.2 Power-Managed Platform Requirements \\ 11.3 Operating System Requirements \\ 12. The Symmetric Multiprocessor Option \\ 12.1 SMP System Organization \\ 12.2 An SMP Boot Process \\ Appendix A Operating System Information \\ Appendix B Requirements Summary \\ Appendix C Bi-Endian Designs \\ C.1 Little-Endian Address and Data Translation \\ C.2 Conforming Bi-Endian Designs \\ C.3 Software Support for Bi-Endian Operation \\ C.4 Bi-Modal Devices \\ C.5 Future Directions in Bi-Endian Architecture \\ Appendix D Architecture Migration Notes \\ Glossary \\ Trademark Information \\ Bibliography \\ Index

entry:
@Book{Apple:1995:PMC,
  author =       "{Apple Computer, Inc.} and {IBM Corporation} and
                 {Motorola, Inc.}",
  title =        "{PowerPC} Microprocessor Common Hardware Reference
                 Platform: a System Architecture",
  publisher =    pub-MORGAN-KAUFMANN,
  address =      pub-MORGAN-KAUFMANN:adr,
  pages =        "xxiv + 309",
  year =         "1995",
  ISBN =         "1-55860-394-8",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-1-55860-394-3",
  LCCN =         "QA76.89.P67P74 1995",
  bibdate =      "Fri Jan 19 08:14:50 1996",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/microchip.bib",
  price =        "US\$39.95",
  abstract =     "This book is the primary source of information for
                 anyone developing a hardware platform, an operating
                 system, or hardware component to be part of these
                 standard systems. It describes the hardware to
                 operating system interface that is essential to anyone
                 building hardware platforms and provides the minimum
                 system configurations platform designers must meet when
                 building a standard platform. Component manufacturers
                 require this information to produce compatible chips
                 and adaptors to use on these platforms, and software
                 developers require the information on mandatory
                 functions and documented interfaces. The architecture
                 is intended to support a range of PowerPC
                 microprocessor-based system implementations, including
                 portable, desktop, and server class systems, and allows
                 multiple operating system implementations across a wide
                 range of environments and function. This enables new
                 hardware and software enhancements, which are necessary
                 for the development of improved user interfaces, higher
                 performance, and broader operating environments.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  tableofcontents = "Foreword \\
                 Figures \\
                 Tables \\
                 About this Document \\
                 1. Introduction \\
                 1.1 Platform Topology \\
                 2. System Requirements \\
                 2.1 System Operation \\
                 2.2 Firmware \\
                 2.3 Bi-Endian Support \\
                 2.4 64-Bit Addressing Support \\
                 2.5 Minimum System Requirements \\
                 2.6 Options and Extensions \\
                 3. System Address Map \\
                 3.1 Address Areas \\
                 3.2 Address Decoding and Translation \\
                 3.3 PC Emulation Option \\
                 4. Processor and Memory \\
                 4.1 Processor Architecture \\
                 4.2 Memory Architecture \\
                 5. I/O Bridges \\
                 5.1 PCI Host Bridge (PHB) Architecture \\
                 5.2 I/O Bus to I/O Bus Bridges \\
                 6. Interrupt Controller \\
                 6.1 Interrupt Controller Architecture \\
                 6.2 Distributed Implementation \\
                 A Proposal \\
                 7. Run-Time Abstraction Services \\
                 7.1 RTAS Introduction \\
                 7.2 RTAS Environment \\
                 7.3 RTAS Call Function Definition \\
                 8. Non-Volatile Memory \\
                 8.1 System Requirements \\
                 8.2 Structure \\
                 8.3 Signatures \\
                 8.4 Architected Partitions \\
                 8.5 NVRAM Space Management \\
                 9. I/O Devices \\
                 9.1 PCI Devices \\
                 9.2 ISA Devices \\
                 10. Error and Event Notification10.1 Introduction \\
                 10.2 RTAS Error and Event Classes \\
                 10.3 RTAS Error and Event Information Reporting \\
                 11. Power Management \\
                 11.1 Power Management Concepts \\
                 11.2 Power-Managed Platform Requirements \\
                 11.3 Operating System Requirements \\
                 12. The Symmetric Multiprocessor Option \\
                 12.1 SMP System Organization \\
                 12.2 An SMP Boot Process \\
                 Appendix A Operating System Information \\
                 Appendix B Requirements Summary \\
                 Appendix C Bi-Endian Designs \\
                 C.1 Little-Endian Address and Data Translation \\
                 C.2 Conforming Bi-Endian Designs \\
                 C.3 Software Support for Bi-Endian Operation \\
                 C.4 Bi-Modal Devices \\
                 C.5 Future Directions in Bi-Endian Architecture \\
                 Appendix D Architecture Migration Notes \\
                 Glossary \\
                 Trademark Information \\
                 Bibliography \\
                 Index",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Arabatzis:2006:REB
author: Theodore Arabatzis
title: Representing Electrons: a Biographical Approach to Theoretical Entities
publisher: pub-U-CHICAGO
address: pub-U-CHICAGO:adr
pages: xiv + 295
year: 2006
LCCN: QC793.5.E62 A73 2011
bibdate: Fri Oct 31 07:44:34 MDT 2014
bibsource: fsz3950.oclc.org:210/WorldCat; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2014.10.31 07:44:34 MDT
URL: http://public.eblib.com/choice/publicfullrecord.aspx?p=709999
subject: Electrons; History; Realism; Science; Philosophy; Physics
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Theodore Arabatzis
rawtitle: Representing Electrons: a Biographical Approach to Theoretical Entities
ISBN:
0-226-02420-2 (hardcover), 0-226-02421-0 (paperback), 0-226-02422-9 (e-book) OR 0226024202 (hardcover), 0226024210 (paperback), 0226024229 (ebook)

ISBN13:
978-0-226-02420-2 (hardcover), 978-0-226-02421-9 (paperback), 978-0-226-02422-6 (e-book) OR 9780226024202 (hardcover), 9780226024219 (paperback), 9780226024226 (ebook)

abstract:
Using the electron --- or rather its representation --- as a historical actor, Theodore Arabatzis illustrates the emergence and gradual consolidation of its representation in physics, its career throughout old quantum theory, and its appropriation and reinterpretation by chemists. As Arabatzis develops this novel biographical approach, he portrays scientific representations as partly autonomous agents with lives of their own. Furthermore, he argues that the considerable variance in the representation of the electron does not undermine its stable identity or existence. Raising philosophical issues of contentious debate in the history and philosophy of science --- namely, scientific realism and meaning change --- Arabatzis addresses the history of the electron across disciplines, integrating historical narrative with philosophical analysis in a book that will be a touchstone for historians and philosophers of science and scientists alike.

TOC:
Acknowledgements Introduction 1: Methodological Preliminaries 2: Why Write Biographies of Theoretical Entities? 3: Rethinking ``the Discovery of the Electron'' 4: The Birth and Infancy of the Representation of the Electron 5: The Genesis of the Quantum Electron 6: Between Relativity and Correspondence 7: ``How the Electrons Spend Their Leisure Time'': The Chemists' Perspective 8: Forced to Spin by Uhlenbeck and Goudsmit 9: Identifying the Electron: Meaning Variance and the Historicity of Scientific Realism

rawabstract:
Using the electron --- or rather its representation --- as a historical actor, Theodore Arabatzis illustrates the emergence and gradual consolidation of its representation in physics, its career throughout old quantum theory, and its appropriation and reinterpretation by chemists. As Arabatzis develops this novel biographical approach, he portrays scientific representations as partly autonomous agents with lives of their own. Furthermore, he argues that the considerable variance in the representation of the electron does not undermine its stable identity or existence. Raising philosophical issues of contentious debate in the history and philosophy of science --- namely, scientific realism and meaning change --- Arabatzis addresses the history of the electron across disciplines, integrating historical narrative with philosophical analysis in a book that will be a touchstone for historians and philosophers of science and scientists alike.

rawTOC:
Acknowledgements \\ Introduction \\ 1: Methodological Preliminaries \\ 2: Why Write Biographies of Theoretical Entities? \\ 3: Rethinking ``the Discovery of the Electron'' \\ 4: The Birth and Infancy of the Representation of the Electron \\ 5: The Genesis of the Quantum Electron \\ 6: Between Relativity and Correspondence \\ 7: ``How the Electrons Spend Their Leisure Time'': The Chemists' Perspective \\ 8: Forced to Spin by Uhlenbeck and Goudsmit \\ 9: Identifying the Electron: Meaning Variance and the Historicity of Scientific Realism

entry:
@Book{Arabatzis:2006:REB,
  author =       "Theodore Arabatzis",
  title =        "Representing Electrons: a Biographical Approach to
                 Theoretical Entities",
  publisher =    pub-U-CHICAGO,
  address =      pub-U-CHICAGO:adr,
  pages =        "xiv + 295",
  year =         "2006",
  ISBN =         "0-226-02420-2 (hardcover), 0-226-02421-0 (paperback),
                 0-226-02422-9 (e-book)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-226-02420-2 (hardcover), 978-0-226-02421-9
                 (paperback), 978-0-226-02422-6 (e-book)",
  LCCN =         "QC793.5.E62 A73 2011",
  bibdate =      "Fri Oct 31 07:44:34 MDT 2014",
  bibsource =    "fsz3950.oclc.org:210/WorldCat;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  URL =          "http://public.eblib.com/choice/publicfullrecord.aspx?p=709999",
  abstract =     "Using the electron --- or rather its representation
                 --- as a historical actor, Theodore Arabatzis
                 illustrates the emergence and gradual consolidation of
                 its representation in physics, its career throughout
                 old quantum theory, and its appropriation and
                 reinterpretation by chemists. As Arabatzis develops
                 this novel biographical approach, he portrays
                 scientific representations as partly autonomous agents
                 with lives of their own. Furthermore, he argues that
                 the considerable variance in the representation of the
                 electron does not undermine its stable identity or
                 existence. Raising philosophical issues of contentious
                 debate in the history and philosophy of science ---
                 namely, scientific realism and meaning change ---
                 Arabatzis addresses the history of the electron across
                 disciplines, integrating historical narrative with
                 philosophical analysis in a book that will be a
                 touchstone for historians and philosophers of science
                 and scientists alike.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  libnote =      "Not in my library.",
  subject =      "Electrons; History; Realism; Science; Philosophy;
                 Physics",
  tableofcontents = "Acknowledgements \\
                 Introduction \\
                 1: Methodological Preliminaries \\
                 2: Why Write Biographies of Theoretical Entities? \\
                 3: Rethinking ``the Discovery of the Electron'' \\
                 4: The Birth and Infancy of the Representation of the
                 Electron \\
                 5: The Genesis of the Quantum Electron \\
                 6: Between Relativity and Correspondence \\
                 7: ``How the Electrons Spend Their Leisure Time'': The
                 Chemists' Perspective \\
                 8: Forced to Spin by Uhlenbeck and Goudsmit \\
                 9: Identifying the Electron: Meaning Variance and the
                 Historicity of Scientific Realism",
}


bibtype: inproceedings
filename: master.bib
label: Arasu:2002:PCS
author: Arvind Arasu and Jasmine Novak and Andrew Tomkins and John Tomlin
title: PageRank Computation and the Structure of the Web: Experiments and Algorithms
publisher: pub-ACM
address: pub-ACM:adr
pages: xiv + 295
year: 2002
ISBN: 1-880672-20-0 OR 1880672200
ISBN13: 978-1-880672-20-4 OR 9781880672204
LCCN: TK5105.888 Wic 11 2002
bibdate: Thu Oct 24 15:18:39 2002
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; http://www2002.org/CDROM/
bibtimestamp: 2002.10.24 15:18:39 ???
URL: http://www2002.org/CDROM/poster/173.pdf
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
annote: PageRank is the Google search algorithm.
bookpages: 748
rawauthor: Arvind Arasu and Jasmine Novak and Andrew Tomkins and John Tomlin
rawtitle: {PageRank} Computation and the Structure of the {Web}: Experiments and Algorithms
booktitle:
Proceedings of the Eleventh International World Wide Web Conference, Honolulu, Hawaii, USA, 7--11 May 2002

rawbooktitle:
Proceedings of the Eleventh International World Wide Web Conference, Honolulu, Hawaii, USA, 7--11 May 2002

entry:
@InProceedings{Arasu:2002:PCS,
  author =       "Arvind Arasu and Jasmine Novak and Andrew Tomkins and
                 John Tomlin",
  booktitle =    "Proceedings of the Eleventh International World Wide
                 Web Conference, Honolulu, Hawaii, USA, 7--11 May 2002",
  title =        "{PageRank} Computation and the Structure of the {Web}:
                 Experiments and Algorithms",
  publisher =    pub-ACM,
  address =      pub-ACM:adr,
  bookpages =    "748",
  year =         "2002",
  ISBN =         "1-880672-20-0",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-1-880672-20-4",
  LCCN =         "TK5105.888 Wic 11 2002",
  bibdate =      "Thu Oct 24 15:18:39 2002",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 http://www2002.org/CDROM/",
  URL =          "http://www2002.org/CDROM/poster/173.pdf",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  annote =       "PageRank is the Google search algorithm.",
  pagecount =    "5",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Arbib:1981:BTC
author: Michael A. Arbib and A. J. Kfoury and Robert N. Moll
title: A Basis for Theoretical Computer Science
publisher: pub-SV
address: pub-SV:adr
pages: viii + 220
year: 1981
ISBN: 0-387-90573-1 OR 0387905731
ISBN13: 978-0-387-90573-0 OR 9780387905730
LCCN: QA267 .A715
bibdate: Tue Dec 14 22:39:53 1993
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.14 22:39:53 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Michael A. Arbib and A. J. Kfoury and Robert N. Moll
rawtitle: A Basis for Theoretical Computer Science
entry:
@Book{Arbib:1981:BTC,
  author =       "Michael A. Arbib and A. J. Kfoury and Robert N. Moll",
  title =        "A Basis for Theoretical Computer Science",
  publisher =    pub-SV,
  address =      pub-SV:adr,
  pages =        "viii + 220",
  year =         "1981",
  ISBN =         "0-387-90573-1",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-387-90573-0",
  LCCN =         "QA267 .A715",
  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 22:39:53 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Arfken:2005:MMP
author: George B. Arfken and Hans-Jurgen Weber
title: Mathematical Methods for Physicists
publisher: pub-ELSEVIER
address: pub-ELSEVIER:adr
edition: Sixth
pages: xii + 1182
year: 2005
ISBN: 0-12-059876-0, 0-12-088584-0 (paperback) OR 0120598760, 0120885840 (paperback)
ISBN13: 978-0-12-059876-2, 978-0-12-088584-8 (paperback) OR 9780120598762, 9780120885848 (paperback)
LCCN: QA37.3 .A74 2005
bibdate: Tue Feb 17 18:23:45 MST 2009
bibtimestamp: 2009.02.17 18:23:45 MST
subject: Mathematics; Mathematical physics
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: George B. Arfken and Hans-J{\"u}rgen Weber
rawtitle: Mathematical Methods for Physicists
bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/elefunt.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager

TOC:
1. Vector Analysis 2. Vector Analysis in Curved Coordinates and Tensors 3. Determinants and Matrices 4. Group Theory 5. Infinite Series 6. Functions of a Complex Variable I: Analytic Properties, Mapping 7. Functions of a Complex Variable II 8. The Gamma Function (Factorial Function) 9. Differential Equations 10. Sturm--Liouville Theory-Orthogonal Functions 11. Bessel Functions 12. Legendre Functions 13. More Special Functions 14. Fourier Series 15. Integral Transforms 16. Integral Equations 17. Calculus of Variations 18. Nonlinear Methods and Chaos 19. Probability

rawTOC:
1. Vector Analysis \\ 2. Vector Analysis in Curved Coordinates and Tensors \\ 3. Determinants and Matrices \\ 4. Group Theory \\ 5. Infinite Series \\ 6. Functions of a Complex Variable I: Analytic Properties, Mapping \\ 7. Functions of a Complex Variable II \\ 8. The Gamma Function (Factorial Function) \\ 9. Differential Equations \\ 10. Sturm--Liouville Theory-Orthogonal Functions \\ 11. Bessel Functions \\ 12. Legendre Functions \\ 13. More Special Functions \\ 14. Fourier Series \\ 15. Integral Transforms \\ 16. Integral Equations \\ 17. Calculus of Variations \\ 18. Nonlinear Methods and Chaos \\ 19. Probability

entry:
@Book{Arfken:2005:MMP,
  author =       "George B. Arfken and Hans-J{\"u}rgen Weber",
  title =        "Mathematical Methods for Physicists",
  publisher =    pub-ELSEVIER,
  address =      pub-ELSEVIER:adr,
  edition =      "Sixth",
  pages =        "xii + 1182",
  year =         "2005",
  ISBN =         "0-12-059876-0, 0-12-088584-0 (paperback)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-12-059876-2, 978-0-12-088584-8 (paperback)",
  LCCN =         "QA37.3 .A74 2005",
  bibdate =      "Tue Feb 17 18:23:45 MST 2009",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/elefunt.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  subject =      "Mathematics; Mathematical physics",
  tableofcontents = "1. Vector Analysis \\
                 2. Vector Analysis in Curved Coordinates and Tensors
                 \\
                 3. Determinants and Matrices \\
                 4. Group Theory \\
                 5. Infinite Series \\
                 6. Functions of a Complex Variable I: Analytic
                 Properties, Mapping \\
                 7. Functions of a Complex Variable II \\
                 8. The Gamma Function (Factorial Function) \\
                 9. Differential Equations \\
                 10. Sturm--Liouville Theory-Orthogonal Functions \\
                 11. Bessel Functions \\
                 12. Legendre Functions \\
                 13. More Special Functions \\
                 14. Fourier Series \\
                 15. Integral Transforms \\
                 16. Integral Equations \\
                 17. Calculus of Variations \\
                 18. Nonlinear Methods and Chaos \\
                 19. Probability",
  xxauthor =     "George B. (George Brown) Arfken and Hans-J{\"u}rgen
                 Weber",
  xxURL =        "http://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0625/2005049844-d.html;
                 http://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0625/2005049844-t.html",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Arianrhod:2003:EHI
author: Robyn Arianrhod
title: Einstein's heroes: imagining the world through the language of mathematics
publisher: University of Queensland Press
address: St Lucia, Queensland, Australia
pages: viii + 323
year: 2003
ISBN: 0-7022-3408-7 OR 0702234087
ISBN13: 978-0-7022-3408-8 OR 9780702234088
LCCN: QC19.6 .A75 2003
bibdate: Mon Apr 23 09:09:08 MDT 2007
bibtimestamp: 2007.04.23 09:09:08 MDT
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
subjectdates: 1831--1879 (Maxwell); 1879--1955 (Einstein)
rawauthor: Robyn Arianrhod
rawtitle: {Einstein}'s heroes: imagining the world through the language of mathematics
bibsource:
catalogue.nla.gov.au:7090/Voyager; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/c/clerk-maxwell-james.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/einstein.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/physperspect.bib

subject:
Maxwell, James Clerk; Einstein, Albert; Physics; History; Mathematics; Science; Popular works; Scientists; Biography

TOC:
A seamless intertwining A reluctant revolutionary Beetles, strings and sealing wax The nature of physics The language of physics Why Newton held the world in thrall Rites of passage A fledgling physicist Electromagnetic controversy Mathematics as language The magical synthesis of algebra an geometry Maxwell's mathematical language Maxwell's rainbow Imagining the world with the language of mathematics: a revolution in physics

rawTOC:
A seamless intertwining \\ A reluctant revolutionary \\ Beetles, strings and sealing wax \\ The nature of physics \\ The language of physics \\ Why Newton held the world in thrall \\ Rites of passage \\ A fledgling physicist \\ Electromagnetic controversy \\ Mathematics as language \\ The magical synthesis of algebra an geometry \\ Maxwell's mathematical language \\ Maxwell's rainbow \\ Imagining the world with the language of mathematics: a revolution in physics

entry:
@Book{Arianrhod:2003:EHI,
  author =       "Robyn Arianrhod",
  title =        "{Einstein}'s heroes: imagining the world through the
                 language of mathematics",
  publisher =    "University of Queensland Press",
  address =      "St Lucia, Queensland, Australia",
  pages =        "viii + 323",
  year =         "2003",
  ISBN =         "0-7022-3408-7",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-7022-3408-8",
  LCCN =         "QC19.6 .A75 2003",
  bibdate =      "Mon Apr 23 09:09:08 MDT 2007",
  bibsource =    "catalogue.nla.gov.au:7090/Voyager;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/c/clerk-maxwell-james.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/einstein.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/physperspect.bib",
  price =        "US\$24.00",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  libnote =      "Not in my library.",
  subject =      "Maxwell, James Clerk; Einstein, Albert; Physics;
                 History; Mathematics; Science; Popular works;
                 Scientists; Biography",
  subject-dates = "1831--1879 (Maxwell); 1879--1955 (Einstein)",
  tableofcontents = "A seamless intertwining \\
                 A reluctant revolutionary \\
                 Beetles, strings and sealing wax \\
                 The nature of physics \\
                 The language of physics \\
                 Why Newton held the world in thrall \\
                 Rites of passage \\
                 A fledgling physicist \\
                 Electromagnetic controversy \\
                 Mathematics as language \\
                 The magical synthesis of algebra an geometry \\
                 Maxwell's mathematical language \\
                 Maxwell's rainbow \\
                 Imagining the world with the language of mathematics: a
                 revolution in physics",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Arianrhod:2005:EHI
author: Robyn Arianrhod
title: Einstein's heroes: imagining the world through the language of mathematics
publisher: pub-OXFORD
address: pub-OXFORD:adr
pages: xiii + 323
year: 2005
LCCN: QC19.6 .A75 2005
bibdate: Fri Nov 17 12:24:46 2006
bibtimestamp: 2006.11.17 12:24:46 ???
remark: Originally published in cite Arianrhod:2003:EHI.
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
subjectdates: 1831--1879 (Maxwell); 1879--1955 (Einstein)
rawauthor: Robyn Arianrhod
rawtitle: {Einstein}'s heroes: imagining the world through the language of mathematics
ISBN:
0-19-518370-3 (hardcover), 0-19-530890-5 (paperback) OR 0195183703 (hardcover), 0195308905 (paperback)

ISBN13:
978-0-19-518370-2 (hardcover), 978-0-19-530890-7 (paperback) OR 9780195183702 (hardcover), 9780195308907 (paperback)

bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/einstein.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/physperspect.bib; z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager

URL:
ftp://uiarchive.cso.uiuc.edu/pub/etext/gutenberg/; http://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/ecip053/2004026055.html

abstract:
Blending science, history, and biography, this book reveals the mysteries of mathematics, focusing on the life and work of three of Albert Einstein's heroes: Isaac Newton, Michael Faraday, and especially James Clerk Maxwell, whose portrait hung on Einstein's laboratory wall and whose work directly inspired the theory of relativity. In this book, Robyn Arianrhod bridges the gap between science and literature, portraying mathematics as a language and arguing that a physical theory is a work of imagination involving the elegant and clever use of this language. Her narrative centers on the work of Maxwell, the first scientist to embrace the ambiguous relationship between language and reality - the first to accept that, in a very real sense, language is reality.

subject:
Maxwell, James Clerk; Einstein, Albert; Mathematical physics; History; Physicists; Biography; Science; Popular works

TOC:
A seamless intertwining A reluctant revolutionary Beetles, strings and sealing wax The nature of physics The language of physics Why Newton held the world in thrall Rites of passage A fledgling physicist Electromagnetic controversy Mathematics as language The magical synthesis of algebra an geometry Maxwell's mathematical language Maxwell's rainbow Imagining the world with the language of mathematics: a revolution in physics

rawabstract:
Blending science, history, and biography, this book reveals the mysteries of mathematics, focusing on the life and work of three of Albert Einstein's heroes: Isaac Newton, Michael Faraday, and especially James Clerk Maxwell, whose portrait hung on Einstein's laboratory wall and whose work directly inspired the theory of relativity. In this book, Robyn Arianrhod bridges the gap between science and literature, portraying mathematics as a language and arguing that a physical theory is a work of imagination involving the elegant and clever use of this language. Her narrative centers on the work of Maxwell, the first scientist to embrace the ambiguous relationship between language and reality - the first to accept that, in a very real sense, language is reality.

rawTOC:
A seamless intertwining \\ A reluctant revolutionary \\ Beetles, strings and sealing wax \\ The nature of physics \\ The language of physics \\ Why Newton held the world in thrall \\ Rites of passage \\ A fledgling physicist \\ Electromagnetic controversy \\ Mathematics as language \\ The magical synthesis of algebra an geometry \\ Maxwell's mathematical language \\ Maxwell's rainbow \\ Imagining the world with the language of mathematics: a revolution in physics

entry:
@Book{Arianrhod:2005:EHI,
  author =       "Robyn Arianrhod",
  title =        "{Einstein}'s heroes: imagining the world through the
                 language of mathematics",
  publisher =    pub-OXFORD,
  address =      pub-OXFORD:adr,
  pages =        "xiii + 323",
  year =         "2005",
  ISBN =         "0-19-518370-3 (hardcover), 0-19-530890-5 (paperback)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-19-518370-2 (hardcover), 978-0-19-530890-7
                 (paperback)",
  LCCN =         "QC19.6 .A75 2005",
  bibdate =      "Fri Nov 17 12:24:46 2006",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/einstein.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/physperspect.bib;
                 z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager",
  URL =          "ftp://uiarchive.cso.uiuc.edu/pub/etext/gutenberg/;
                 http://www.loc.gov/catdir/toc/ecip053/2004026055.html",
  abstract =     "Blending science, history, and biography, this book
                 reveals the mysteries of mathematics, focusing on the
                 life and work of three of Albert Einstein's heroes:
                 Isaac Newton, Michael Faraday, and especially James
                 Clerk Maxwell, whose portrait hung on Einstein's
                 laboratory wall and whose work directly inspired the
                 theory of relativity. In this book, Robyn Arianrhod
                 bridges the gap between science and literature,
                 portraying mathematics as a language and arguing that a
                 physical theory is a work of imagination involving the
                 elegant and clever use of this language. Her narrative
                 centers on the work of Maxwell, the first scientist to
                 embrace the ambiguous relationship between language and
                 reality - the first to accept that, in a very real
                 sense, language is reality.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  remark =       "Originally published in \cite{Arianrhod:2003:EHI}.",
  subject =      "Maxwell, James Clerk; Einstein, Albert; Mathematical
                 physics; History; Physicists; Biography; Science;
                 Popular works",
  subject-dates = "1831--1879 (Maxwell); 1879--1955 (Einstein)",
  tableofcontents = "A seamless intertwining \\
                 A reluctant revolutionary \\
                 Beetles, strings and sealing wax \\
                 The nature of physics \\
                 The language of physics \\
                 Why Newton held the world in thrall \\
                 Rites of passage \\
                 A fledgling physicist \\
                 Electromagnetic controversy \\
                 Mathematics as language \\
                 The magical synthesis of algebra an geometry \\
                 Maxwell's mathematical language \\
                 Maxwell's rainbow \\
                 Imagining the world with the language of mathematics: a
                 revolution in physics",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Arndt:2001:PU
author: Jorg Arndt and Christoph Haenel
title: Pi --- Unleashed
publisher: pub-SV
address: pub-SV:adr
pages: xii + 270
year: 2001
ISBN: 3-540-66572-2 (paperback), 3-642-56735-5 (e-book) OR 3540665722 (paperback), 3642567355 (ebook)
LCCN: QA484.A7513 2001
bibdate: Sat Apr 20 11:01:28 2002
bibtimestamp: 2002.04.20 11:01:28 ???
note: Includes CD-ROM. Translated from the German by Catriona and David Lischka.
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: J{\"o}rg Arndt and Christoph Haenel
rawnote: Includes CD-ROM. Translated from the German by Catriona and David Lischka.
rawtitle: Pi --- Unleashed
ISBN13:
978-3-540-66572-4 (paperback), 978-3-642-56735-3 (e-book) OR 9783540665724 (paperback), 9783642567353 (ebook)

bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/b/borwein-jonathan-m.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/pi.bib

abstract:
Never in the 4000-year history of research into pi have results been so prolific as at present. In their book Joerg Arndt and Christoph Haenel describe in easy-to-understand language the latest and most fascinating findings of mathematicians and computer scientists in the field of pi. Attention is focused on new methods of computation whose speed outstrips that of predecessor methods by orders of magnitude. The book comes with a CD-ROM containing not only the source code of all programs described, but also related texts and even complete libraries.

TOC:
1: The state of Pi art / 1 2: How random is $pi $? / 21 3: Shortcuts to $pi $ / 35 4: Aproximations for $pi $ and continued fractions / 51 5: Arcus tangens / 69 6: Spigot algorithms / 77 7: Gauss and $pi $ / 87 8: Ramanujan and $pi $ / 103 9: The Borweins and $pi $ / 113 10: The BBP algorithm / 117 11: Arithmetic / 131 12: Miscellaneous / 153 13: The history of $pi $ / 165 14: Historical notes / 209 15: The future: $pi $ calculations on the Internet / 215 16: $pi $ formula collection / 223 17: Tables / 239 A: Documentation for the tt hfloat Library / 247 Bibliography / 257 Index / 265

rawabstract:
Never in the 4000-year history of research into pi have results been so prolific as at present. In their book Joerg Arndt and Christoph Haenel describe in easy-to-understand language the latest and most fascinating findings of mathematicians and computer scientists in the field of pi. Attention is focused on new methods of computation whose speed outstrips that of predecessor methods by orders of magnitude. The book comes with a CD-ROM containing not only the source code of all programs described, but also related texts and even complete libraries.

rawTOC:
1: The state of Pi art / 1 \\ 2: How random is $\pi$? / 21 \\ 3: Shortcuts to $\pi$ / 35 \\ 4: Aproximations for $\pi$ and continued fractions / 51 \\ 5: Arcus tangens / 69 \\ 6: Spigot algorithms / 77 \\ 7: Gauss and $\pi$ / 87 \\ 8: Ramanujan and $\pi$ / 103 \\ 9: The Borweins and $\pi$ / 113 \\ 10: The BBP algorithm / 117 \\ 11: Arithmetic / 131 \\ 12: Miscellaneous / 153 \\ 13: The history of $\pi$ / 165 \\ 14: Historical notes / 209 \\ 15: The future: $\pi$ calculations on the Internet / 215 \\ 16: $\pi$ formula collection / 223 \\ 17: Tables / 239 \\ A: Documentation for the {\tt hfloat} Library / 247 \\ Bibliography / 257 \\ Index / 265

entry:
@Book{Arndt:2001:PU,
  author =       "J{\"o}rg Arndt and Christoph Haenel",
  title =        "Pi --- Unleashed",
  publisher =    pub-SV,
  address =      pub-SV:adr,
  pages =        "xii + 270",
  year =         "2001",
  ISBN =         "3-540-66572-2 (paperback), 3-642-56735-5 (e-book)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-3-540-66572-4 (paperback), 978-3-642-56735-3
                 (e-book)",
  LCCN =         "QA484.A7513 2001",
  bibdate =      "Sat Apr 20 11:01:28 2002",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/b/borwein-jonathan-m.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/pi.bib",
  note =         "Includes CD-ROM. Translated from the German by
                 Catriona and David Lischka.",
  price =        "US\$",
  abstract =     "Never in the 4000-year history of research into pi
                 have results been so prolific as at present. In their
                 book Joerg Arndt and Christoph Haenel describe in
                 easy-to-understand language the latest and most
                 fascinating findings of mathematicians and computer
                 scientists in the field of pi. Attention is focused on
                 new methods of computation whose speed outstrips that
                 of predecessor methods by orders of magnitude. The book
                 comes with a CD-ROM containing not only the source code
                 of all programs described, but also related texts and
                 even complete libraries.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  tableofcontents = "1: The state of Pi art / 1 \\
                 2: How random is $\pi$? / 21 \\
                 3: Shortcuts to $\pi$ / 35 \\
                 4: Aproximations for $\pi$ and continued fractions / 51
                 \\
                 5: Arcus tangens / 69 \\
                 6: Spigot algorithms / 77 \\
                 7: Gauss and $\pi$ / 87 \\
                 8: Ramanujan and $\pi$ / 103 \\
                 9: The Borweins and $\pi$ / 113 \\
                 10: The BBP algorithm / 117 \\
                 11: Arithmetic / 131 \\
                 12: Miscellaneous / 153 \\
                 13: The history of $\pi$ / 165 \\
                 14: Historical notes / 209 \\
                 15: The future: $\pi$ calculations on the Internet /
                 215 \\
                 16: $\pi$ formula collection / 223 \\
                 17: Tables / 239 \\
                 A: Documentation for the {\tt hfloat} Library / 247 \\
                 Bibliography / 257 \\
                 Index / 265",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Arnold:2000:JPL
author: Ken Arnold and James Gosling and David Holmes
title: The Java Programming Language
publisher: pub-AW
address: pub-AW:adr
edition: Third
pages: xxiv + 595
year: 2000
ISBN: 0-201-70433-1 (paperback) OR 0201704331 (paperback)
ISBN13: 978-0-201-70433-4 (paperback) OR 9780201704334 (paperback)
LCCN: QA76.73.J38 A76 2000
bibdate: Sat Nov 24 17:48:00 2001
bibtimestamp: 2001.11.24 17:48:00 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Ken Arnold and James Gosling and David Holmes
rawtitle: The {Java} Programming Language
bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/java2000.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib

abstract:
This Third Edition of booktitle The Java Programming Language is a valuable resource for both novice and advanced programmers. More than 100,000 developers who programmed with C, C++, Smalltalk, or other high-level languages have used this book to get a concise, intelligent, and deep understanding of the Java programming language. This book is what you need to understand the basic design goals of the language and the application of the language in real-world development. It provides unique insights into why and how the language was designed and intended to be used. The authors describe the latest version of the language, as defined in the Java Language Specification, Second Edition and implemented in version 1.3 of the Java 2 SDK, Standard Edition. This third edition has been structured to give more in-depth treatment of the newer language features, as well as informative examples on using some of the new APIs. New and/or revised in this edition: more details on language features, including an expanded section on nested classes; more comprehensive treatment of garbage collection and related programming issues; and coverage of new APIs, such as collections and internationalization. Thoroughly revised from start to finish, this edition fully covers the features of the current release of the Java programming language and class libraries. The book serves as a tutorial introduction to the language and essential libraries as well as a reference. Experienced programmers will find this new edition to be a valuable reference, and will gain new insights into the subtleties of the language. Novice and intermediate programmers will benefit from the valuable examples and clear explanations of language and library features. Make sure you understand the contents of this book before you begin any serious development for the Java platform.

TOC:
A Quick Tour / 1 Getting Started / 1 Variables / 3 1.2: Variables / 3 1.3: Comments in Code / 6 1.4: Named Constants / 6 1.5: Unicode Characters / 8 1.6: Flow of Control / 9 1.7: Classes and Objects / 11 1.7.1: Creating Objects / 12 1.7.2: Static or Class Fields / 13 1.7.3: Garbage Collector / 14 1.8: Methods and Parameters / 14 1.8.1: Invoking a Method / 15 1.8.2: This Reference / 16 1.8.3: Static or Class Methods / 17 1.9: Arrays / 17 1.10: String Objects / 20 1.11: Extending a Class / 22 1.11.1: Invoking Methods from the Superclass / 23 1.11.2: Object Class / 24 1.11.3: Type Casting / 25 1.12: Interfaces / 25 1.13: Exceptions / 27 1.14: Packages / 30 1.15: Java Platform / 32 1.16: Other Topics Briefly Noted / 33 2: Classes and Objects / 35 2.1: A Simple Class / 36 2.1.1: Class Members / 36 2.1.2: Class Modifiers / 37 2.2: Fields / 38 2.2.1: Field Initialization / 38 2.2.2: Static Fields / 39 2.2.3: final Fields / 40 2.3: Access Control / 41 2.4: Creating Objects / 42 2.5: Construction and Initialization / 43 2.5.1: Constructors / 44 2.5.2: Initialization Blocks / 48 2.5.3: Static Initialization / 49 2.6: Methods / 50 2.6.1: Static Methods / 51 2.6.2: Method Invocations / 51 2.6.3: Method Execution and Return / 53 2.6.4: Parameter Values / 54 2.6.5: Using Methods to Control Access / 57 2.7: this / 59 2.8: Overloading Methods / 61 2.9: Main Method / 62 2.10: Native Methods / 63 3: Extending Classes / 65 3.1: An Extended Class / 66 3.2: Constructors in Extended Classes / 69 3.2.1: Constructor Order Dependencies / 71 3.3: Inheriting and Redefining Members / 73 3.3.1: Overriding / 73 3.3.2: Hiding Fields / 74 3.3.3: Accessing Inherited Members / 75 3.3.4: Accessibility and Overriding / 77 3.3.5: Hiding Static Members / 77 3.3.6: Super Keyword / 78 3.4: Type Compatibility and Conversion / 79 3.4.1: Compatibility / 79 3.4.2: Explicit Type Casting / 80 3.4.3: Testing for Type / 80 3.5: What protected Really Means / 81 3.6: Marking Methods and Classes final / 84 3.7: Abstract Classes and Methods / 85 3.8: Object Class / 87 3.9: Cloning Objects / 89 3.9.1: Strategies for Cloning / 89 3.9.2: Correct Cloning / 91 3.9.3: Shallow versus Deep Cloning / 94 3.10: Extending Classes: How and When / 95 3.11: Designing a Class to Be Extended / 96 3.11.1: Designing an Extensible Framework / 97 3.12: Single Inheritance versus Multiple Inheritance / 102 4: Interfaces / 105 4.1: A Simple Interface Example / 106 4.2: Interface Declarations / 108 4.2.1: Interface Constants / 109 4.2.2: Interface Methods / 109 4.2.3: Interface Modifiers / 110 4.3: Extending Interfaces / 110 4.3.1: Inheriting and Hiding Constants / 111 4.3.2: Inheriting, Overriding, and Overloading Methods / 112 4.4: Working with Interfaces / 113 4.4.1: Implementing Interfaces / 114 4.4.2: Using an Implementation / 116 4.5: Marker Interfaces / 117 4.6: When to Use Interfaces / 118 5: Nested Classes and Interfaces / 121 5.1: Static Nested Types / 121 5.1.1: Static Nested Classes / 122 5.1.2: Nested Interfaces / 123 5.2: Inner Classes / 123 5.2.1: Accessing Enclosing Objects / 125 5.2.2: Extending Inner Classes / 126 5.2.3: Inheritance, Scoping, and Hiding / 127 5.3: Local Inner Classes / 129 5.4: Anonymous Inner Classes / 131 5.5: Inheriting Nested Types / 132 5.6: Nesting in Interfaces / 134 5.6.1: Modifiable Variables in Interfaces / 135 5.7: Implementation of Nested Types / 136 6: Tokens, Operators, and Expressions / 137 6.1: Lexical Elements / 137 6.1.1: Character Set / 138 6.1.3: Tokens / 139 6.1.4: Identifiers / 140 6.1.5: Keywords / 141 6.2: Types and Literals / 141 6.2.1: Reference Literals / 142 6.2.2: Boolean Literals / 142 6.2.3: Character Literals / 142 6.2.4: Integer Literals 143 6.2.5: Floating-Point Literals / 143 6.2.6: String Literals / 144 6.2.7: Class Literals / 144 6.3: Variables / 144 6.3.1: Field and Local Variable Declarations / 145 6.3.2: Parameter Variables / 146 6.3.3: final Variables / 146 6.4: Array Variables / 148 6.4.1: Array Modifiers / 149 6.4.2: Arrays of Arrays / 149 6.4.3: Array Initialization / 150 6.4.4: Arrays and Types / 151 6.5: Meanings of Names / 152 6.6: Arithmetic Operations / 156 6.6.1: Integer Arithmetic / 156 6.6.2: Floating-Point Arithmetic / 156 6.6.3: Strict and non-Strict Floating-Point Arithmetic / 158 6.7: General Operators / 159 6.7.1: Increment and Decrement Operators / 159 6.7.2: Relational and Equality Operators / 160 6.7.3: Logical Operators / 161 6.7.4: instanceof / 162 6.7.5: Bit Manipulation Operators / 163 6.7.6: Conditional Operator?: / 164 6.7.7: Assignment Operators / 165 6.7.8: String Concatenation Operator / 167 6.7.9: new / 167 6.8: Expressions / 168 6.8.1: Order of Evaluation / 168 6.8.2: Expression Type / 169 6.8.3: Implicit Type Conversions / 169 6.8.4: Explicit Type Casts / 171 6.8.5: String Conversions / 172 6.9: Member Access / 173 6.9.1: Finding the Right Method / 173 6.10: Operator Precedence and Associativity / 176 7: Control Flow / 179 7.1: Statements and Blocks / 179 7.2: if-else / 180 7.3: switch / 182 7.4: while and do-while / 185 7.5: for / 186 7.6: Labels / 189 7.7: break / 189 7.8: continue / 192 7.9: return / 193 7.10: What, No goto? / 193 8: Exceptions / 195 8.1: Creating Exception Types / 196 8.2: throw / 197 8.2.1: Transfer of Control / 198 8.2.2: Asynchronous Exceptions / 198 8.3: Throws Clause / 199 8.3.1: throws Clauses and Method Overriding / 200 8.3.2: throws Clauses and Native Methods / 201 8.4: try, catch, and finally / 202 8.4.1: finally / 204 8.5: When to Use Exceptions / 206 9: Strings / 209 9.1: Basic String Operations / 209 9.2: String Comparisons / 211 9.2.1: String Literal Equivalence / 214 9.3: Utility Methods / 215 9.4: Making Related Strings / 215 9.5: String Conversions / 217 9.6: Strings and char Arrays / 218 9.7: Strings and byte Arrays / 220 9.7.1: Character Encodings / 221 9.8: StringBuffer Class / 222 9.8.1: Modifying the Buffer / 223 9.8.2: Getting Data Out / 225 9.8.3: Capacity Management / 226 10: Threads / 227 10.1: Creating Threads / 229 10.2: Using Runnable / 231 10.3: Synchronization / 235 10.3.1: synchronized Methods / 235 10.3.2: Static Synchronized Methods / 238 10.3.3: synchronized Statements / 238 10.3.4: Synchronization Designs / 242 10.4: wait, notifyAll, and notify / 244 10.5: Details of Waiting and Notification / 246 10.6: Thread Scheduling / 248 10.6.1: Voluntary Rescheduling / 249 10.7: Deadlocks / 252 10.8: Ending Thread Execution / 254 10.8.1: Cancelling a Thread / 255 10.8.2: Waiting for a Thread to Complete / 257 10.9: Ending Application Execution / 259 10.10: volatile / 260 10.11: Thread Management, Security and ThreadGroup / 261 10.12: Threads and Exceptions / 266 10.12.1: Don't stop / 266 10.13: ThreadLocal Variables / 267 10.14: Debugging Threads / 269 11: Programming with Types / 271 11.1: Wrapper Classes / 272 11.1.1: Void / 274 11.1.2: Boolean / 274 11.1.3: Character / 275 11.1.4: Number / 279 11.1.5: Integer Wrappers / 279 11.1.6: Floating-Point Wrapper Classes / 281 11.2: Reflection / 282 11.2.1: Class class / 283 11.2.2: Naming Classes / 287 11.2.3: Examining Class Members / 288 11.2.4: Modifier Class / 292 11.2.5: Field Class / 292 11.2.6: Method Class / 294 11.2.7: Creating New Objects and the Constructor Class / 296 11.2.8: Access Checking and AccessibleObject / 299 11.2.9: Arrays / 299 11.2.10: Packages / 301 11.2.11: Proxy Classl / 301 11.3: Loading Classes / 304 11.3.1: ClassLoader Class / 307 11.3.2: Preparing a Class for use / 309 11.3.3: Loading Related Resources / 310 12: Garbage Collection and Memory / 313 12.1: Garbage Collection / 313 12.2: A Simple Model / 314 12.3: Finalization / 316 12.3.1: Resurrecting Objects during finalize / 318 12.4: Interacting with the Garbage Collector / 318 12.5: Reachability States and Reference Objects / 320 12.5.1: Reference Class / 321 12.5.2: Strengths of Reference and Reachability / 321 12.5.3: Reference Queues / 325 13: Packages / 329 13.1: Package Naming / 330 13.2: Type Imports / 331 13.3: Package Access / 332 13.3.1: Accessibility and Overriding Methods / 333 13.4: Package Contents / 336 13.5: Package Objects and Specifications / 337 14: Documentation Comments / 341 14.1: Anatomy of a Doc Comment / 342 14.2: Tags / 343 14.2.1: <at>see / 343 14.2.2: <at>link / 344 14.2.3: <at>param / 345 14.2.4: <at>return / 345 14.2.5: <at>throws and <at>exception / 345 14.2.6: <at>deprecated / 345 14.2.7: <at>author / 346 14.2.8: <at>version / 346 14.2.9: <at>since / 346 14.2.10: <at>docRoot / 347 14.3: An Example / 347 14.4: External Conventions / 352 14.4.1: Overview and Package Documentation / 352 14.4.2: Doc-files Directory / 353 14.5: Notes on Usage / 353 15: I/O Package / 355 15.1: Byte Streams / 357 15.1.1: InputStream / 357 15.1.2: OutputStream / 360 15.2: Character Streams / 362 15.2.1: Reader / 363 15.2.2: Writer / 366 15.2.3: Character Streams and the Standard Streams / 367 15.3: InputStreamReader and OutputStreamWriter / 367 15.4: A Quick Tour of The Stream Classes / 369 15.4.1: Synchronization and Concurrency / 370 15.4.2: Filter Streams / 371 15.4.3: Buffered Streams / 374 15.4.4: Piped Streams / 375 ldots [section numbers unavailable] Piped Streams / 375 ByteArray Byte Streams / 377 CharArray Character Streams / 378 String Character Streams / 379 Print Streams / 380 LineNumberReader / 381 SequenceInputStream / 383 Pushback Streams / 384 StreamTokenizer / 386 The Data Byte Streams / 391 DataInput and DataOutput / 392 The Data Stream Classes / 393 Working with Files / 395 File Streams and FileDescriptor / 395 RandomAccessFile / 396 The File Class / 398 FilenameFilter and FileFilter / 404 Object Serialization / 405 The Object Byte Streams / 405 Making Your Classes Serializable / 406 Serialization and Deserialization Order / 408 Customized Serialization / 409 Object Versioning / 413 Serialized Fields / 414 The Externalizable Interface / 416 Documentation Comment Tags / 417 The IOException Classes / 418 Collections / 421 Collections / 421 Exception Conventions / 424 Iteration / 425 Ordering using Comparable and Comparator / 427 The Collection Interface / 428 Set and SortedSet / 430 HashSet / 432 TreeSet / 432 List / 433 ArrayList / 435 LinkedList / 436 Map and SortedMap / 437 HashMap / 440 TreeMap / 441 WeakHashMap / 442 Wrapped Collections and the Collections Class / 442 The Synchronization Wrappers / 443 The Unmodifiable Wrappers / 444 The Collections Utilities / 445 The Arrays Utility Class / 448 Writing Iterator Implementations / 448 Writing Collection Implementations / 451 The Legacy Collection Types / 456 Enumeration / 457 Vector / 457 Stack / 459 Dictionary / 459 Hashtable / 460 Properties / 460 Miscellaneous Utilities / 463 BitSet / 464 Observer/Observable / 466 Random / 470 StringTokenizer / 472 Timer and TimerTask / 473 Math and StrictMath / 477 System Programming / 479 The System Class / 480 Standard I/O Streams / 480 System Properties / 481 Utility Methods / 483 Creating Processes / 484 The Process Class / 485 Process Environments / 487 Portability / 488 Shutdown / 488 Shutdown Hooks / 489 The Shutdown Sequence / 490 Shutdown Strategies / 491 The Rest of the Runtime / 492 Loading Native Code / 492 Debugging / 493 Security / 493 The SecurityManager Class / 494 Permissions / 496 Security Policies / 497 Access Controllers and Privileged Execution / 497 Internationalization and Localization / 501 Locale / 502 Resource Bundles / 504 ListResourceBundle / 507 PropertyResourceBundle / 508 Subclassing ResourceBundle / 509 Time, Dates, and Calendars / 509 Calendars / 510 Time Zones / 514 GregorianCalendar and SimpleTimeZone / 515 Formatting and Parsing Dates and Times / 517 Internationalization and Localization for Text / 520 Collation / 520 Formatting and Parsing / 522 Text Boundaries / 524 Standard Packages / 527 java.awt --- The Abstract Window Toolkit / 529 java.applet --- Applets / 532 java.beans --- Components / 533 java.math --- Mathematics / 534 java.net --- The Network / 535 java.rmi --- Remote Method Invocation / 538 java.security --- Security Tools / 543 java.sql --- Relational Database Access / 544 Utility Subpackages / 544 Archive Files --- java.util.jar / 544 ZIP Files --- java.util.zip / 545 javax.* --- Standard Extensions / 546 javax.accessibility --- Accessibility for GUIs / 546 javax.naming --- Directory and Naming Services / 547 javax.sound --- Sound Manipulation / 548 javax.swing --- Swing GUI Components / 549 org.omg.CORBA --- CORBA APIs / 549 Runtime Exceptions / 551 RuntimeException Classes / 552 Error Classes / 554 Useful Tables / 557 Keywords / 557 Operator Precedence / 558 Unicode Digits / 558 Unicode Letters and Digits / 559 Special Characters Using / 560 Documentation Comment Tags / 560 Unicode Character Blocks / 561 Further Reading / 563 Index / 569

rawabstract:
This Third Edition of \booktitle{The Java Programming Language} is a valuable resource for both novice and advanced programmers. More than 100,000 developers who programmed with C, C++, Smalltalk, or other high-level languages have used this book to get a concise, intelligent, and deep understanding of the Java programming language. This book is what you need to understand the basic design goals of the language and the application of the language in real-world development. It provides unique insights into why and how the language was designed and intended to be used. The authors describe the latest version of the language, as defined in the Java Language Specification, Second Edition and implemented in version 1.3 of the Java 2 SDK, Standard Edition. This third edition has been structured to give more in-depth treatment of the newer language features, as well as informative examples on using some of the new APIs. New and/or revised in this edition: more details on language features, including an expanded section on nested classes; more comprehensive treatment of garbage collection and related programming issues; and coverage of new APIs, such as collections and internationalization. Thoroughly revised from start to finish, this edition fully covers the features of the current release of the Java programming language and class libraries. The book serves as a tutorial introduction to the language and essential libraries as well as a reference. Experienced programmers will find this new edition to be a valuable reference, and will gain new insights into the subtleties of the language. Novice and intermediate programmers will benefit from the valuable examples and clear explanations of language and library features. Make sure you understand the contents of this book before you begin any serious development for the Java platform.

rawTOC:
A Quick Tour / 1 \\ Getting Started / 1 \\ Variables / 3 \\ 1.2: Variables / 3 \\ 1.3: Comments in Code / 6 \\ 1.4: Named Constants / 6 \\ 1.5: Unicode Characters / 8 \\ 1.6: Flow of Control / 9 \\ 1.7: Classes and Objects / 11 \\ 1.7.1: Creating Objects / 12 \\ 1.7.2: Static or Class Fields / 13 \\ 1.7.3: Garbage Collector / 14 \\ 1.8: Methods and Parameters / 14 \\ 1.8.1: Invoking a Method / 15 \\ 1.8.2: This Reference / 16 \\ 1.8.3: Static or Class Methods / 17 \\ 1.9: Arrays / 17 \\ 1.10: String Objects / 20 \\ 1.11: Extending a Class / 22 \\ 1.11.1: Invoking Methods from the Superclass / 23 \\ 1.11.2: Object Class / 24 \\ 1.11.3: Type Casting / 25 \\ 1.12: Interfaces / 25 \\ 1.13: Exceptions / 27 \\ 1.14: Packages / 30 \\ 1.15: Java Platform / 32 \\ 1.16: Other Topics Briefly Noted / 33 \\ 2: Classes and Objects / 35 \\ 2.1: A Simple Class / 36 \\ 2.1.1: Class Members / 36 \\ 2.1.2: Class Modifiers / 37 \\ 2.2: Fields / 38 \\ 2.2.1: Field Initialization / 38 \\ 2.2.2: Static Fields / 39 \\ 2.2.3: final Fields / 40 \\ 2.3: Access Control / 41 \\ 2.4: Creating Objects / 42 \\ 2.5: Construction and Initialization / 43 \\ 2.5.1: Constructors / 44 \\ 2.5.2: Initialization Blocks / 48 \\ 2.5.3: Static Initialization / 49 \\ 2.6: Methods / 50 \\ 2.6.1: Static Methods / 51 \\ 2.6.2: Method Invocations / 51 \\ 2.6.3: Method Execution and Return / 53 \\ 2.6.4: Parameter Values / 54 \\ 2.6.5: Using Methods to Control Access / 57 \\ 2.7: this / 59 \\ 2.8: Overloading Methods / 61 \\ 2.9: Main Method / 62 \\ 2.10: Native Methods / 63 \\ 3: Extending Classes / 65 \\ 3.1: An Extended Class / 66 \\ 3.2: Constructors in Extended Classes / 69 \\ 3.2.1: Constructor Order Dependencies / 71 \\ 3.3: Inheriting and Redefining Members / 73 \\ 3.3.1: Overriding / 73 \\ 3.3.2: Hiding Fields / 74 \\ 3.3.3: Accessing Inherited Members / 75 \\ 3.3.4: Accessibility and Overriding / 77 \\ 3.3.5: Hiding Static Members / 77 \\ 3.3.6: Super Keyword / 78 \\ 3.4: Type Compatibility and Conversion / 79 \\ 3.4.1: Compatibility / 79 \\ 3.4.2: Explicit Type Casting / 80 \\ 3.4.3: Testing for Type / 80 \\ 3.5: What protected Really Means / 81 \\ 3.6: Marking Methods and Classes final / 84 \\ 3.7: Abstract Classes and Methods / 85 \\ 3.8: Object Class / 87 \\ 3.9: Cloning Objects / 89 \\ 3.9.1: Strategies for Cloning / 89 \\ 3.9.2: Correct Cloning / 91 \\ 3.9.3: Shallow versus Deep Cloning / 94 \\ 3.10: Extending Classes: How and When / 95 \\ 3.11: Designing a Class to Be Extended / 96 \\ 3.11.1: Designing an Extensible Framework / 97 \\ 3.12: Single Inheritance versus Multiple Inheritance / 102 \\ 4: Interfaces / 105 \\ 4.1: A Simple Interface Example / 106 \\ 4.2: Interface Declarations / 108 \\ 4.2.1: Interface Constants / 109 \\ 4.2.2: Interface Methods / 109 \\ 4.2.3: Interface Modifiers / 110 \\ 4.3: Extending Interfaces / 110 \\ 4.3.1: Inheriting and Hiding Constants / 111 \\ 4.3.2: Inheriting, Overriding, and Overloading Methods / 112 \\ 4.4: Working with Interfaces / 113 \\ 4.4.1: Implementing Interfaces / 114 \\ 4.4.2: Using an Implementation / 116 \\ 4.5: Marker Interfaces / 117 \\ 4.6: When to Use Interfaces / 118 \\ 5: Nested Classes and Interfaces / 121 \\ 5.1: Static Nested Types / 121 \\ 5.1.1: Static Nested Classes / 122 \\ 5.1.2: Nested Interfaces / 123 \\ 5.2: Inner Classes / 123 \\ 5.2.1: Accessing Enclosing Objects / 125 \\ 5.2.2: Extending Inner Classes / 126 \\ 5.2.3: Inheritance, Scoping, and Hiding / 127 \\ 5.3: Local Inner Classes / 129 \\ 5.4: Anonymous Inner Classes / 131 \\ 5.5: Inheriting Nested Types / 132 \\ 5.6: Nesting in Interfaces / 134 \\ 5.6.1: Modifiable Variables in Interfaces / 135 \\ 5.7: Implementation of Nested Types / 136 \\ 6: Tokens, Operators, and Expressions / 137 \\ 6.1: Lexical Elements / 137 \\ 6.1.1: Character Set / 138 \\ 6.1.3: Tokens / 139 \\ 6.1.4: Identifiers / 140 \\ 6.1.5: Keywords / 141 \\ 6.2: Types and Literals / 141 \\ 6.2.1: Reference Literals / 142 \\ 6.2.2: Boolean Literals / 142 \\ 6.2.3: Character Literals / 142 \\ 6.2.4: Integer Literals 143 \\ 6.2.5: Floating-Point Literals / 143 \\ 6.2.6: String Literals / 144 \\ 6.2.7: Class Literals / 144 \\ 6.3: Variables / 144 \\ 6.3.1: Field and Local Variable Declarations / 145 \\ 6.3.2: Parameter Variables / 146 \\ 6.3.3: final Variables / 146 \\ 6.4: Array Variables / 148 \\ 6.4.1: Array Modifiers / 149 \\ 6.4.2: Arrays of Arrays / 149 \\ 6.4.3: Array Initialization / 150 \\ 6.4.4: Arrays and Types / 151 \\ 6.5: Meanings of Names / 152 \\ 6.6: Arithmetic Operations / 156 \\ 6.6.1: Integer Arithmetic / 156 \\ 6.6.2: Floating-Point Arithmetic / 156 \\ 6.6.3: Strict and non-Strict Floating-Point Arithmetic / 158 \\ 6.7: General Operators / 159 \\ 6.7.1: Increment and Decrement Operators / 159 \\ 6.7.2: Relational and Equality Operators / 160 \\ 6.7.3: Logical Operators / 161 \\ 6.7.4: instanceof / 162 \\ 6.7.5: Bit Manipulation Operators / 163 \\ 6.7.6: Conditional Operator?: / 164 \\ 6.7.7: Assignment Operators / 165 \\ 6.7.8: String Concatenation Operator / 167 \\ 6.7.9: new / 167 \\ 6.8: Expressions / 168 \\ 6.8.1: Order of Evaluation / 168 \\ 6.8.2: Expression Type / 169 \\ 6.8.3: Implicit Type Conversions / 169 \\ 6.8.4: Explicit Type Casts / 171 \\ 6.8.5: String Conversions / 172 \\ 6.9: Member Access / 173 \\ 6.9.1: Finding the Right Method / 173 \\ 6.10: Operator Precedence and Associativity / 176 \\ 7: Control Flow / 179 \\ 7.1: Statements and Blocks / 179 \\ 7.2: if-else / 180 \\ 7.3: switch / 182 \\ 7.4: while and do-while / 185 \\ 7.5: for / 186 \\ 7.6: Labels / 189 \\ 7.7: break / 189 \\ 7.8: continue / 192 \\ 7.9: return / 193 \\ 7.10: What, No goto? / 193 \\ 8: Exceptions / 195 \\ 8.1: Creating Exception Types / 196 \\ 8.2: throw / 197 \\ 8.2.1: Transfer of Control / 198 \\ 8.2.2: Asynchronous Exceptions / 198 \\ 8.3: Throws Clause / 199 \\ 8.3.1: throws Clauses and Method Overriding / 200 \\ 8.3.2: throws Clauses and Native Methods / 201 \\ 8.4: try, catch, and finally / 202 \\ 8.4.1: finally / 204 \\ 8.5: When to Use Exceptions / 206 \\ 9: Strings / 209 \\ 9.1: Basic String Operations / 209 \\ 9.2: String Comparisons / 211 \\ 9.2.1: String Literal Equivalence / 214 \\ 9.3: Utility Methods / 215 \\ 9.4: Making Related Strings / 215 \\ 9.5: String Conversions / 217 \\ 9.6: Strings and char Arrays / 218 \\ 9.7: Strings and byte Arrays / 220 \\ 9.7.1: Character Encodings / 221 \\ 9.8: StringBuffer Class / 222 \\ 9.8.1: Modifying the Buffer / 223 \\ 9.8.2: Getting Data Out / 225 \\ 9.8.3: Capacity Management / 226 \\ 10: Threads / 227 \\ 10.1: Creating Threads / 229 \\ 10.2: Using Runnable / 231 \\ 10.3: Synchronization / 235 \\ 10.3.1: synchronized Methods / 235 \\ 10.3.2: Static Synchronized Methods / 238 \\ 10.3.3: synchronized Statements / 238 \\ 10.3.4: Synchronization Designs / 242 \\ 10.4: wait, notifyAll, and notify / 244 \\ 10.5: Details of Waiting and Notification / 246 \\ 10.6: Thread Scheduling / 248 \\ 10.6.1: Voluntary Rescheduling / 249 \\ 10.7: Deadlocks / 252 \\ 10.8: Ending Thread Execution / 254 \\ 10.8.1: Cancelling a Thread / 255 \\ 10.8.2: Waiting for a Thread to Complete / 257 \\ 10.9: Ending Application Execution / 259 \\ 10.10: volatile / 260 \\ 10.11: Thread Management, Security and ThreadGroup / 261 \\ 10.12: Threads and Exceptions / 266 \\ 10.12.1: Don't stop / 266 \\ 10.13: ThreadLocal Variables / 267 \\ 10.14: Debugging Threads / 269 \\ 11: Programming with Types / 271 \\ 11.1: Wrapper Classes / 272 \\ 11.1.1: Void / 274 \\ 11.1.2: Boolean / 274 \\ 11.1.3: Character / 275 \\ 11.1.4: Number / 279 \\ 11.1.5: Integer Wrappers / 279 \\ 11.1.6: Floating-Point Wrapper Classes / 281 \\ 11.2: Reflection / 282 \\ 11.2.1: Class class / 283 \\ 11.2.2: Naming Classes / 287 \\ 11.2.3: Examining Class Members / 288 \\ 11.2.4: Modifier Class / 292 \\ 11.2.5: Field Class / 292 \\ 11.2.6: Method Class / 294 \\ 11.2.7: Creating New Objects and the Constructor Class / 296 \\ 11.2.8: Access Checking and AccessibleObject / 299 \\ 11.2.9: Arrays / 299 \\ 11.2.10: Packages / 301 \\ 11.2.11: Proxy Classl / 301 \\ 11.3: Loading Classes / 304 \\ 11.3.1: ClassLoader Class / 307 \\ 11.3.2: Preparing a Class for use / 309 \\ 11.3.3: Loading Related Resources / 310 \\ 12: Garbage Collection and Memory / 313 \\ 12.1: Garbage Collection / 313 \\ 12.2: A Simple Model / 314 \\ 12.3: Finalization / 316 \\ 12.3.1: Resurrecting Objects during finalize / 318 \\ 12.4: Interacting with the Garbage Collector / 318 \\ 12.5: Reachability States and Reference Objects / 320 \\ 12.5.1: Reference Class / 321 \\ 12.5.2: Strengths of Reference and Reachability / 321 \\ 12.5.3: Reference Queues / 325 \\ 13: Packages / 329 \\ 13.1: Package Naming / 330 \\ 13.2: Type Imports / 331 \\ 13.3: Package Access / 332 \\ 13.3.1: Accessibility and Overriding Methods / 333 \\ 13.4: Package Contents / 336 \\ 13.5: Package Objects and Specifications / 337 \\ 14: Documentation Comments / 341 \\ 14.1: Anatomy of a Doc Comment / 342 \\ 14.2: Tags / 343 \\ 14.2.1: <at>see / 343 \\ 14.2.2: <at>link / 344 \\ 14.2.3: <at>param / 345 \\ 14.2.4: <at>return / 345 \\ 14.2.5: <at>throws and <at>exception / 345 \\ 14.2.6: <at>deprecated / 345 \\ 14.2.7: <at>author / 346 \\ 14.2.8: <at>version / 346 \\ 14.2.9: <at>since / 346 \\ 14.2.10: <at>docRoot / 347 \\ 14.3: An Example / 347 \\ 14.4: External Conventions / 352 \\ 14.4.1: Overview and Package Documentation / 352 \\ 14.4.2: Doc-files Directory / 353 \\ 14.5: Notes on Usage / 353 \\ 15: I/O Package / 355 \\ 15.1: Byte Streams / 357 \\ 15.1.1: InputStream / 357 \\ 15.1.2: OutputStream / 360 \\ 15.2: Character Streams / 362 \\ 15.2.1: Reader / 363 \\ 15.2.2: Writer / 366 \\ 15.2.3: Character Streams and the Standard Streams / 367 \\ 15.3: InputStreamReader and OutputStreamWriter / 367 \\ 15.4: A Quick Tour of The Stream Classes / 369 \\ 15.4.1: Synchronization and Concurrency / 370 \\ 15.4.2: Filter Streams / 371 \\ 15.4.3: Buffered Streams / 374 \\ 15.4.4: Piped Streams / 375 \\ \ldots{} [section numbers unavailable] \\ Piped Streams / 375 \\ ByteArray Byte Streams / 377 \\ CharArray Character Streams / 378 \\ String Character Streams / 379 \\ Print Streams / 380 \\ LineNumberReader / 381 \\ SequenceInputStream / 383 \\ Pushback Streams / 384 \\ StreamTokenizer / 386 \\ The Data Byte Streams / 391 \\ DataInput and DataOutput / 392 \\ The Data Stream Classes / 393 \\ Working with Files / 395 \\ File Streams and FileDescriptor / 395 \\ RandomAccessFile / 396 \\ The File Class / 398 \\ FilenameFilter and FileFilter / 404 \\ Object Serialization / 405 \\ The Object Byte Streams / 405 \\ Making Your Classes Serializable / 406 \\ Serialization and Deserialization Order / 408 \\ Customized Serialization / 409 \\ Object Versioning / 413 \\ Serialized Fields / 414 \\ The Externalizable Interface / 416 \\ Documentation Comment Tags / 417 \\ The IOException Classes / 418 \\ Collections / 421 \\ Collections / 421 \\ Exception Conventions / 424 \\ Iteration / 425 \\ Ordering using Comparable and Comparator / 427 \\ The Collection Interface / 428 \\ Set and SortedSet / 430 \\ HashSet / 432 \\ TreeSet / 432 \\ List / 433 \\ ArrayList / 435 \\ LinkedList / 436 \\ Map and SortedMap / 437 \\ HashMap / 440 \\ TreeMap / 441 \\ WeakHashMap / 442 \\ Wrapped Collections and the Collections Class / 442 \\ The Synchronization Wrappers / 443 \\ The Unmodifiable Wrappers / 444 \\ The Collections Utilities / 445 \\ The Arrays Utility Class / 448 \\ Writing Iterator Implementations / 448 \\ Writing Collection Implementations / 451 \\ The Legacy Collection Types / 456 \\ Enumeration / 457 \\ Vector / 457 \\ Stack / 459 \\ Dictionary / 459 \\ Hashtable / 460 \\ Properties / 460 \\ Miscellaneous Utilities / 463 \\ BitSet / 464 \\ Observer/Observable / 466 \\ Random / 470 \\ StringTokenizer / 472 \\ Timer and TimerTask / 473 \\ Math and StrictMath / 477 \\ System Programming / 479 \\ The System Class / 480 \\ Standard I/O Streams / 480 \\ System Properties / 481 \\ Utility Methods / 483 \\ Creating Processes / 484 \\ The Process Class / 485 \\ Process Environments / 487 \\ Portability / 488 \\ Shutdown / 488 \\ Shutdown Hooks / 489 \\ The Shutdown Sequence / 490 \\ Shutdown Strategies / 491 \\ The Rest of the Runtime / 492 \\ Loading Native Code / 492 \\ Debugging / 493 \\ Security / 493 \\ The SecurityManager Class / 494 \\ Permissions / 496 \\ Security Policies / 497 \\ Access Controllers and Privileged Execution / 497 \\ Internationalization and Localization / 501 \\ Locale / 502 \\ Resource Bundles / 504 \\ ListResourceBundle / 507 \\ PropertyResourceBundle / 508 \\ Subclassing ResourceBundle / 509 \\ Time, Dates, and Calendars / 509 \\ Calendars / 510 \\ Time Zones / 514 \\ GregorianCalendar and SimpleTimeZone / 515 \\ Formatting and Parsing Dates and Times / 517 \\ Internationalization and Localization for Text / 520 \\ Collation / 520 \\ Formatting and Parsing / 522 \\ Text Boundaries / 524 \\ Standard Packages / 527 \\ java.awt --- The Abstract Window Toolkit / 529 \\ java.applet --- Applets / 532 \\ java.beans --- Components / 533 \\ java.math --- Mathematics / 534 \\ java.net --- The Network / 535 \\ java.rmi --- Remote Method Invocation / 538 \\ java.security --- Security Tools / 543 \\ java.sql --- Relational Database Access / 544 \\ Utility Subpackages / 544 \\ Archive Files --- java.util.jar / 544 \\ ZIP Files --- java.util.zip / 545 \\ javax.* --- Standard Extensions / 546 \\ javax.accessibility --- Accessibility for GUIs / 546 \\ javax.naming --- Directory and Naming Services / 547 \\ javax.sound --- Sound Manipulation / 548 \\ javax.swing --- Swing GUI Components / 549 \\ org.omg.CORBA --- CORBA APIs / 549 \\ Runtime Exceptions / 551 \\ RuntimeException Classes / 552 \\ Error Classes / 554 \\ Useful Tables / 557 \\ Keywords / 557 \\ Operator Precedence / 558 \\ Unicode Digits / 558 \\ Unicode Letters and Digits / 559 \\ Special Characters Using / 560 \\ Documentation Comment Tags / 560 \\ Unicode Character Blocks / 561 \\ Further Reading / 563 \\ Index / 569

entry:
@Book{Arnold:2000:JPL,
  author =       "Ken Arnold and James Gosling and David Holmes",
  title =        "The {Java} Programming Language",
  publisher =    pub-AW,
  address =      pub-AW:adr,
  edition =      "Third",
  pages =        "xxiv + 595",
  year =         "2000",
  ISBN =         "0-201-70433-1 (paperback)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-201-70433-4 (paperback)",
  LCCN =         "QA76.73.J38 A76 2000",
  bibdate =      "Sat Nov 24 17:48:00 2001",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/java2000.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  price =        "US\$37.95",
  abstract =     "This Third Edition of \booktitle{The Java Programming
                 Language} is a valuable resource for both novice and
                 advanced programmers. More than 100,000 developers who
                 programmed with C, C++, Smalltalk, or other high-level
                 languages have used this book to get a concise,
                 intelligent, and deep understanding of the Java
                 programming language. This book is what you need to
                 understand the basic design goals of the language and
                 the application of the language in real-world
                 development. It provides unique insights into why and
                 how the language was designed and intended to be used.
                 The authors describe the latest version of the
                 language, as defined in the Java Language
                 Specification, Second Edition and implemented in
                 version 1.3 of the Java 2 SDK, Standard Edition. This
                 third edition has been structured to give more in-depth
                 treatment of the newer language features, as well as
                 informative examples on using some of the new APIs. New
                 and/or revised in this edition: more details on
                 language features, including an expanded section on
                 nested classes; more comprehensive treatment of garbage
                 collection and related programming issues; and coverage
                 of new APIs, such as collections and
                 internationalization. Thoroughly revised from start to
                 finish, this edition fully covers the features of the
                 current release of the Java programming language and
                 class libraries. The book serves as a tutorial
                 introduction to the language and essential libraries as
                 well as a reference. Experienced programmers will find
                 this new edition to be a valuable reference, and will
                 gain new insights into the subtleties of the language.
                 Novice and intermediate programmers will benefit from
                 the valuable examples and clear explanations of
                 language and library features. Make sure you understand
                 the contents of this book before you begin any serious
                 development for the Java platform.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  tableofcontents = "A Quick Tour / 1 \\
                 Getting Started / 1 \\
                 Variables / 3 \\
                 1.2: Variables / 3 \\
                 1.3: Comments in Code / 6 \\
                 1.4: Named Constants / 6 \\
                 1.5: Unicode Characters / 8 \\
                 1.6: Flow of Control / 9 \\
                 1.7: Classes and Objects / 11 \\
                 1.7.1: Creating Objects / 12 \\
                 1.7.2: Static or Class Fields / 13 \\
                 1.7.3: Garbage Collector / 14 \\
                 1.8: Methods and Parameters / 14 \\
                 1.8.1: Invoking a Method / 15 \\
                 1.8.2: This Reference / 16 \\
                 1.8.3: Static or Class Methods / 17 \\
                 1.9: Arrays / 17 \\
                 1.10: String Objects / 20 \\
                 1.11: Extending a Class / 22 \\
                 1.11.1: Invoking Methods from the Superclass / 23 \\
                 1.11.2: Object Class / 24 \\
                 1.11.3: Type Casting / 25 \\
                 1.12: Interfaces / 25 \\
                 1.13: Exceptions / 27 \\
                 1.14: Packages / 30 \\
                 1.15: Java Platform / 32 \\
                 1.16: Other Topics Briefly Noted / 33 \\
                 2: Classes and Objects / 35 \\
                 2.1: A Simple Class / 36 \\
                 2.1.1: Class Members / 36 \\
                 2.1.2: Class Modifiers / 37 \\
                 2.2: Fields / 38 \\
                 2.2.1: Field Initialization / 38 \\
                 2.2.2: Static Fields / 39 \\
                 2.2.3: final Fields / 40 \\
                 2.3: Access Control / 41 \\
                 2.4: Creating Objects / 42 \\
                 2.5: Construction and Initialization / 43 \\
                 2.5.1: Constructors / 44 \\
                 2.5.2: Initialization Blocks / 48 \\
                 2.5.3: Static Initialization / 49 \\
                 2.6: Methods / 50 \\
                 2.6.1: Static Methods / 51 \\
                 2.6.2: Method Invocations / 51 \\
                 2.6.3: Method Execution and Return / 53 \\
                 2.6.4: Parameter Values / 54 \\
                 2.6.5: Using Methods to Control Access / 57 \\
                 2.7: this / 59 \\
                 2.8: Overloading Methods / 61 \\
                 2.9: Main Method / 62 \\
                 2.10: Native Methods / 63 \\
                 3: Extending Classes / 65 \\
                 3.1: An Extended Class / 66 \\
                 3.2: Constructors in Extended Classes / 69 \\
                 3.2.1: Constructor Order Dependencies / 71 \\
                 3.3: Inheriting and Redefining Members / 73 \\
                 3.3.1: Overriding / 73 \\
                 3.3.2: Hiding Fields / 74 \\
                 3.3.3: Accessing Inherited Members / 75 \\
                 3.3.4: Accessibility and Overriding / 77 \\
                 3.3.5: Hiding Static Members / 77 \\
                 3.3.6: Super Keyword / 78 \\
                 3.4: Type Compatibility and Conversion / 79 \\
                 3.4.1: Compatibility / 79 \\
                 3.4.2: Explicit Type Casting / 80 \\
                 3.4.3: Testing for Type / 80 \\
                 3.5: What protected Really Means / 81 \\
                 3.6: Marking Methods and Classes final / 84 \\
                 3.7: Abstract Classes and Methods / 85 \\
                 3.8: Object Class / 87 \\
                 3.9: Cloning Objects / 89 \\
                 3.9.1: Strategies for Cloning / 89 \\
                 3.9.2: Correct Cloning / 91 \\
                 3.9.3: Shallow versus Deep Cloning / 94 \\
                 3.10: Extending Classes: How and When / 95 \\
                 3.11: Designing a Class to Be Extended / 96 \\
                 3.11.1: Designing an Extensible Framework / 97 \\
                 3.12: Single Inheritance versus Multiple Inheritance /
                 102 \\
                 4: Interfaces / 105 \\
                 4.1: A Simple Interface Example / 106 \\
                 4.2: Interface Declarations / 108 \\
                 4.2.1: Interface Constants / 109 \\
                 4.2.2: Interface Methods / 109 \\
                 4.2.3: Interface Modifiers / 110 \\
                 4.3: Extending Interfaces / 110 \\
                 4.3.1: Inheriting and Hiding Constants / 111 \\
                 4.3.2: Inheriting, Overriding, and Overloading Methods
                 / 112 \\
                 4.4: Working with Interfaces / 113 \\
                 4.4.1: Implementing Interfaces / 114 \\
                 4.4.2: Using an Implementation / 116 \\
                 4.5: Marker Interfaces / 117 \\
                 4.6: When to Use Interfaces / 118 \\
                 5: Nested Classes and Interfaces / 121 \\
                 5.1: Static Nested Types / 121 \\
                 5.1.1: Static Nested Classes / 122 \\
                 5.1.2: Nested Interfaces / 123 \\
                 5.2: Inner Classes / 123 \\
                 5.2.1: Accessing Enclosing Objects / 125 \\
                 5.2.2: Extending Inner Classes / 126 \\
                 5.2.3: Inheritance, Scoping, and Hiding / 127 \\
                 5.3: Local Inner Classes / 129 \\
                 5.4: Anonymous Inner Classes / 131 \\
                 5.5: Inheriting Nested Types / 132 \\
                 5.6: Nesting in Interfaces / 134 \\
                 5.6.1: Modifiable Variables in Interfaces / 135 \\
                 5.7: Implementation of Nested Types / 136 \\
                 6: Tokens, Operators, and Expressions / 137 \\
                 6.1: Lexical Elements / 137 \\
                 6.1.1: Character Set / 138 \\
                 6.1.3: Tokens / 139 \\
                 6.1.4: Identifiers / 140 \\
                 6.1.5: Keywords / 141 \\
                 6.2: Types and Literals / 141 \\
                 6.2.1: Reference Literals / 142 \\
                 6.2.2: Boolean Literals / 142 \\
                 6.2.3: Character Literals / 142 \\
                 6.2.4: Integer Literals 143 \\
                 6.2.5: Floating-Point Literals / 143 \\
                 6.2.6: String Literals / 144 \\
                 6.2.7: Class Literals / 144 \\
                 6.3: Variables / 144 \\
                 6.3.1: Field and Local Variable Declarations / 145 \\
                 6.3.2: Parameter Variables / 146 \\
                 6.3.3: final Variables / 146 \\
                 6.4: Array Variables / 148 \\
                 6.4.1: Array Modifiers / 149 \\
                 6.4.2: Arrays of Arrays / 149 \\
                 6.4.3: Array Initialization / 150 \\
                 6.4.4: Arrays and Types / 151 \\
                 6.5: Meanings of Names / 152 \\
                 6.6: Arithmetic Operations / 156 \\
                 6.6.1: Integer Arithmetic / 156 \\
                 6.6.2: Floating-Point Arithmetic / 156 \\
                 6.6.3: Strict and non-Strict Floating-Point Arithmetic
                 / 158 \\
                 6.7: General Operators / 159 \\
                 6.7.1: Increment and Decrement Operators / 159 \\
                 6.7.2: Relational and Equality Operators / 160 \\
                 6.7.3: Logical Operators / 161 \\
                 6.7.4: instanceof / 162 \\
                 6.7.5: Bit Manipulation Operators / 163 \\
                 6.7.6: Conditional Operator?: / 164 \\
                 6.7.7: Assignment Operators / 165 \\
                 6.7.8: String Concatenation Operator / 167 \\
                 6.7.9: new / 167 \\
                 6.8: Expressions / 168 \\
                 6.8.1: Order of Evaluation / 168 \\
                 6.8.2: Expression Type / 169 \\
                 6.8.3: Implicit Type Conversions / 169 \\
                 6.8.4: Explicit Type Casts / 171 \\
                 6.8.5: String Conversions / 172 \\
                 6.9: Member Access / 173 \\
                 6.9.1: Finding the Right Method / 173 \\
                 6.10: Operator Precedence and Associativity / 176 \\
                 7: Control Flow / 179 \\
                 7.1: Statements and Blocks / 179 \\
                 7.2: if-else / 180 \\
                 7.3: switch / 182 \\
                 7.4: while and do-while / 185 \\
                 7.5: for / 186 \\
                 7.6: Labels / 189 \\
                 7.7: break / 189 \\
                 7.8: continue / 192 \\
                 7.9: return / 193 \\
                 7.10: What, No goto? / 193 \\
                 8: Exceptions / 195 \\
                 8.1: Creating Exception Types / 196 \\
                 8.2: throw / 197 \\
                 8.2.1: Transfer of Control / 198 \\
                 8.2.2: Asynchronous Exceptions / 198 \\
                 8.3: Throws Clause / 199 \\
                 8.3.1: throws Clauses and Method Overriding / 200 \\
                 8.3.2: throws Clauses and Native Methods / 201 \\
                 8.4: try, catch, and finally / 202 \\
                 8.4.1: finally / 204 \\
                 8.5: When to Use Exceptions / 206 \\
                 9: Strings / 209 \\
                 9.1: Basic String Operations / 209 \\
                 9.2: String Comparisons / 211 \\
                 9.2.1: String Literal Equivalence / 214 \\
                 9.3: Utility Methods / 215 \\
                 9.4: Making Related Strings / 215 \\
                 9.5: String Conversions / 217 \\
                 9.6: Strings and char Arrays / 218 \\
                 9.7: Strings and byte Arrays / 220 \\
                 9.7.1: Character Encodings / 221 \\
                 9.8: StringBuffer Class / 222 \\
                 9.8.1: Modifying the Buffer / 223 \\
                 9.8.2: Getting Data Out / 225 \\
                 9.8.3: Capacity Management / 226 \\
                 10: Threads / 227 \\
                 10.1: Creating Threads / 229 \\
                 10.2: Using Runnable / 231 \\
                 10.3: Synchronization / 235 \\
                 10.3.1: synchronized Methods / 235 \\
                 10.3.2: Static Synchronized Methods / 238 \\
                 10.3.3: synchronized Statements / 238 \\
                 10.3.4: Synchronization Designs / 242 \\
                 10.4: wait, notifyAll, and notify / 244 \\
                 10.5: Details of Waiting and Notification / 246 \\
                 10.6: Thread Scheduling / 248 \\
                 10.6.1: Voluntary Rescheduling / 249 \\
                 10.7: Deadlocks / 252 \\
                 10.8: Ending Thread Execution / 254 \\
                 10.8.1: Cancelling a Thread / 255 \\
                 10.8.2: Waiting for a Thread to Complete / 257 \\
                 10.9: Ending Application Execution / 259 \\
                 10.10: volatile / 260 \\
                 10.11: Thread Management, Security and ThreadGroup /
                 261 \\
                 10.12: Threads and Exceptions / 266 \\
                 10.12.1: Don't stop / 266 \\
                 10.13: ThreadLocal Variables / 267 \\
                 10.14: Debugging Threads / 269 \\
                 11: Programming with Types / 271 \\
                 11.1: Wrapper Classes / 272 \\
                 11.1.1: Void / 274 \\
                 11.1.2: Boolean / 274 \\
                 11.1.3: Character / 275 \\
                 11.1.4: Number / 279 \\
                 11.1.5: Integer Wrappers / 279 \\
                 11.1.6: Floating-Point Wrapper Classes / 281 \\
                 11.2: Reflection / 282 \\
                 11.2.1: Class class / 283 \\
                 11.2.2: Naming Classes / 287 \\
                 11.2.3: Examining Class Members / 288 \\
                 11.2.4: Modifier Class / 292 \\
                 11.2.5: Field Class / 292 \\
                 11.2.6: Method Class / 294 \\
                 11.2.7: Creating New Objects and the Constructor Class
                 / 296 \\
                 11.2.8: Access Checking and AccessibleObject / 299 \\
                 11.2.9: Arrays / 299 \\
                 11.2.10: Packages / 301 \\
                 11.2.11: Proxy Classl / 301 \\
                 11.3: Loading Classes / 304 \\
                 11.3.1: ClassLoader Class / 307 \\
                 11.3.2: Preparing a Class for use / 309 \\
                 11.3.3: Loading Related Resources / 310 \\
                 12: Garbage Collection and Memory / 313 \\
                 12.1: Garbage Collection / 313 \\
                 12.2: A Simple Model / 314 \\
                 12.3: Finalization / 316 \\
                 12.3.1: Resurrecting Objects during finalize / 318 \\
                 12.4: Interacting with the Garbage Collector / 318 \\
                 12.5: Reachability States and Reference Objects / 320
                 \\
                 12.5.1: Reference Class / 321 \\
                 12.5.2: Strengths of Reference and Reachability / 321
                 \\
                 12.5.3: Reference Queues / 325 \\
                 13: Packages / 329 \\
                 13.1: Package Naming / 330 \\
                 13.2: Type Imports / 331 \\
                 13.3: Package Access / 332 \\
                 13.3.1: Accessibility and Overriding Methods / 333 \\
                 13.4: Package Contents / 336 \\
                 13.5: Package Objects and Specifications / 337 \\
                 14: Documentation Comments / 341 \\
                 14.1: Anatomy of a Doc Comment / 342 \\
                 14.2: Tags / 343 \\
                 14.2.1: <at>see / 343 \\
                 14.2.2: <at>link / 344 \\
                 14.2.3: <at>param / 345 \\
                 14.2.4: <at>return / 345 \\
                 14.2.5: <at>throws and <at>exception / 345 \\
                 14.2.6: <at>deprecated / 345 \\
                 14.2.7: <at>author / 346 \\
                 14.2.8: <at>version / 346 \\
                 14.2.9: <at>since / 346 \\
                 14.2.10: <at>docRoot / 347 \\
                 14.3: An Example / 347 \\
                 14.4: External Conventions / 352 \\
                 14.4.1: Overview and Package Documentation / 352 \\
                 14.4.2: Doc-files Directory / 353 \\
                 14.5: Notes on Usage / 353 \\
                 15: I/O Package / 355 \\
                 15.1: Byte Streams / 357 \\
                 15.1.1: InputStream / 357 \\
                 15.1.2: OutputStream / 360 \\
                 15.2: Character Streams / 362 \\
                 15.2.1: Reader / 363 \\
                 15.2.2: Writer / 366 \\
                 15.2.3: Character Streams and the Standard Streams /
                 367 \\
                 15.3: InputStreamReader and OutputStreamWriter / 367
                 \\
                 15.4: A Quick Tour of The Stream Classes / 369 \\
                 15.4.1: Synchronization and Concurrency / 370 \\
                 15.4.2: Filter Streams / 371 \\
                 15.4.3: Buffered Streams / 374 \\
                 15.4.4: Piped Streams / 375 \\
                 \ldots{} [section numbers unavailable] \\
                 Piped Streams / 375 \\
                 ByteArray Byte Streams / 377 \\
                 CharArray Character Streams / 378 \\
                 String Character Streams / 379 \\
                 Print Streams / 380 \\
                 LineNumberReader / 381 \\
                 SequenceInputStream / 383 \\
                 Pushback Streams / 384 \\
                 StreamTokenizer / 386 \\
                 The Data Byte Streams / 391 \\
                 DataInput and DataOutput / 392 \\
                 The Data Stream Classes / 393 \\
                 Working with Files / 395 \\
                 File Streams and FileDescriptor / 395 \\
                 RandomAccessFile / 396 \\
                 The File Class / 398 \\
                 FilenameFilter and FileFilter / 404 \\
                 Object Serialization / 405 \\
                 The Object Byte Streams / 405 \\
                 Making Your Classes Serializable / 406 \\
                 Serialization and Deserialization Order / 408 \\
                 Customized Serialization / 409 \\
                 Object Versioning / 413 \\
                 Serialized Fields / 414 \\
                 The Externalizable Interface / 416 \\
                 Documentation Comment Tags / 417 \\
                 The IOException Classes / 418 \\
                 Collections / 421 \\
                 Collections / 421 \\
                 Exception Conventions / 424 \\
                 Iteration / 425 \\
                 Ordering using Comparable and Comparator / 427 \\
                 The Collection Interface / 428 \\
                 Set and SortedSet / 430 \\
                 HashSet / 432 \\
                 TreeSet / 432 \\
                 List / 433 \\
                 ArrayList / 435 \\
                 LinkedList / 436 \\
                 Map and SortedMap / 437 \\
                 HashMap / 440 \\
                 TreeMap / 441 \\
                 WeakHashMap / 442 \\
                 Wrapped Collections and the Collections Class / 442 \\
                 The Synchronization Wrappers / 443 \\
                 The Unmodifiable Wrappers / 444 \\
                 The Collections Utilities / 445 \\
                 The Arrays Utility Class / 448 \\
                 Writing Iterator Implementations / 448 \\
                 Writing Collection Implementations / 451 \\
                 The Legacy Collection Types / 456 \\
                 Enumeration / 457 \\
                 Vector / 457 \\
                 Stack / 459 \\
                 Dictionary / 459 \\
                 Hashtable / 460 \\
                 Properties / 460 \\
                 Miscellaneous Utilities / 463 \\
                 BitSet / 464 \\
                 Observer/Observable / 466 \\
                 Random / 470 \\
                 StringTokenizer / 472 \\
                 Timer and TimerTask / 473 \\
                 Math and StrictMath / 477 \\
                 System Programming / 479 \\
                 The System Class / 480 \\
                 Standard I/O Streams / 480 \\
                 System Properties / 481 \\
                 Utility Methods / 483 \\
                 Creating Processes / 484 \\
                 The Process Class / 485 \\
                 Process Environments / 487 \\
                 Portability / 488 \\
                 Shutdown / 488 \\
                 Shutdown Hooks / 489 \\
                 The Shutdown Sequence / 490 \\
                 Shutdown Strategies / 491 \\
                 The Rest of the Runtime / 492 \\
                 Loading Native Code / 492 \\
                 Debugging / 493 \\
                 Security / 493 \\
                 The SecurityManager Class / 494 \\
                 Permissions / 496 \\
                 Security Policies / 497 \\
                 Access Controllers and Privileged Execution / 497 \\
                 Internationalization and Localization / 501 \\
                 Locale / 502 \\
                 Resource Bundles / 504 \\
                 ListResourceBundle / 507 \\
                 PropertyResourceBundle / 508 \\
                 Subclassing ResourceBundle / 509 \\
                 Time, Dates, and Calendars / 509 \\
                 Calendars / 510 \\
                 Time Zones / 514 \\
                 GregorianCalendar and SimpleTimeZone / 515 \\
                 Formatting and Parsing Dates and Times / 517 \\
                 Internationalization and Localization for Text / 520
                 \\
                 Collation / 520 \\
                 Formatting and Parsing / 522 \\
                 Text Boundaries / 524 \\
                 Standard Packages / 527 \\
                 java.awt --- The Abstract Window Toolkit / 529 \\
                 java.applet --- Applets / 532 \\
                 java.beans --- Components / 533 \\
                 java.math --- Mathematics / 534 \\
                 java.net --- The Network / 535 \\
                 java.rmi --- Remote Method Invocation / 538 \\
                 java.security --- Security Tools / 543 \\
                 java.sql --- Relational Database Access / 544 \\
                 Utility Subpackages / 544 \\
                 Archive Files --- java.util.jar / 544 \\
                 ZIP Files --- java.util.zip / 545 \\
                 javax.* --- Standard Extensions / 546 \\
                 javax.accessibility --- Accessibility for GUIs / 546
                 \\
                 javax.naming --- Directory and Naming Services / 547
                 \\
                 javax.sound --- Sound Manipulation / 548 \\
                 javax.swing --- Swing GUI Components / 549 \\
                 org.omg.CORBA --- CORBA APIs / 549 \\
                 Runtime Exceptions / 551 \\
                 RuntimeException Classes / 552 \\
                 Error Classes / 554 \\
                 Useful Tables / 557 \\
                 Keywords / 557 \\
                 Operator Precedence / 558 \\
                 Unicode Digits / 558 \\
                 Unicode Letters and Digits / 559 \\
                 Special Characters Using / 560 \\
                 Documentation Comment Tags / 560 \\
                 Unicode Character Blocks / 561 \\
                 Further Reading / 563 \\
                 Index / 569",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Artwick:1984:ACM
author: Bruce A. Artwick
title: Applied Concepts in Microcomputer Graphics
publisher: pub-PH
address: pub-PH:adr
pages: ix + 374
year: 1984
ISBN: 0-13-039322-3 OR 0130393223
ISBN13: 978-0-13-039322-7 OR 9780130393227
LCCN: T385 .A77 1984
bibdate: Wed Dec 15 08:17:32 1993
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.15 08:17:32 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Bruce A. Artwick
rawtitle: Applied Concepts in Microcomputer Graphics
entry:
@Book{Artwick:1984:ACM,
  author =       "Bruce A. Artwick",
  title =        "Applied Concepts in Microcomputer Graphics",
  publisher =    pub-PH,
  address =      pub-PH:adr,
  pages =        "ix + 374",
  year =         "1984",
  ISBN =         "0-13-039322-3",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-13-039322-7",
  LCCN =         "T385 .A77 1984",
  bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 08:17:32 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Artwick:1985:ACM
author: Bruce A. Artwick
title: Applied Concepts in Microcomputer Graphics
publisher: pub-PH
address: pub-PH:adr
edition: Second
pages: ix + 374
year: 1985
LCCN: T385 .A77 1985
bibdate: Wed Dec 15 08:17:32 1993
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.15 08:17:32 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Bruce A. Artwick
rawtitle: Applied Concepts in Microcomputer Graphics
ISBN:
0-13-580226-1 (paperback), 0-13-039322-3 (hardcover) OR 0135802261 (paperback), 0130393223 (hardcover)

ISBN13:
978-0-13-580226-7 (paperback), 978-0-13-039322-7 (hardcover) OR 9780135802267 (paperback), 9780130393227 (hardcover)

TOC:
Applications of microcomputer graphics Display generation basics Working with display generation hardware An introduction to peripheral graphics devices Interactive design elements and intelligence Design and simulation system interaction Mathematics and transforms for advanced graphics High-performance graphics and animation Business graphics Foreign and domestic television data Graphics on the Apple II microcomputer Graphics on the IBM personal computer

rawTOC:
Applications of microcomputer graphics \\ Display generation basics \\ Working with display generation hardware \\ An introduction to peripheral graphics devices \\ Interactive design elements and intelligence \\ Design and simulation system interaction \\ Mathematics and transforms for advanced graphics \\ High-performance graphics and animation \\ Business graphics \\ Foreign and domestic television data \\ Graphics on the Apple II microcomputer \\ Graphics on the IBM personal computer

entry:
@Book{Artwick:1985:ACM,
  author =       "Bruce A. Artwick",
  title =        "Applied Concepts in Microcomputer Graphics",
  publisher =    pub-PH,
  address =      pub-PH:adr,
  edition =      "Second",
  pages =        "ix + 374",
  year =         "1985",
  ISBN =         "0-13-580226-1 (paperback), 0-13-039322-3 (hardcover)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-13-580226-7 (paperback), 978-0-13-039322-7
                 (hardcover)",
  LCCN =         "T385 .A77 1985",
  bibdate =      "Wed Dec 15 08:17:32 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  tableofcontents = "Applications of microcomputer graphics \\
                 Display generation basics \\
                 Working with display generation hardware \\
                 An introduction to peripheral graphics devices \\
                 Interactive design elements and intelligence \\
                 Design and simulation system interaction \\
                 Mathematics and transforms for advanced graphics \\
                 High-performance graphics and animation \\
                 Business graphics \\
                 Foreign and domestic television data \\
                 Graphics on the Apple II microcomputer \\
                 Graphics on the IBM personal computer",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Arvo:1991:GGI
author: James Arvo
title: Graphics gems II
volume: 2
publisher: pub-ACADEMIC
address: pub-ACADEMIC:adr
pages: xxxii + 643
year: 1991
ISBN: 0-12-064480-0 OR 0120644800
ISBN13: 978-0-12-064480-3 OR 9780120644803
LCCN: T385 .G6972 1991
bibdate: Mon Aug 24 17:12:23 1998
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/fparith.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1998.08.24 17:12:23 ???
series: Graphics Gems
URL: http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/book/9780080507545
ZMnumber: 0774.68010
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: James Arvo
rawtitle: Graphics gems {II}
abstract:
booktitle Graphics Gems II is a collection of articles shared by a diverse group of people that reflect ideas and approaches in graphics programming which can benefit other computer graphics programmers. This volume presents techniques for doing well-known graphics operations faster or easier. The book contains chapters devoted to topics on two-dimensional and three-dimensional geometry and algorithms, image processing, frame buffer techniques, and ray tracing techniques. The radiosity approach, matrix techniques, and numerical and programming techniques are likewise discussed.

TOC:
Foreword / Andrew Glassner The Area of a Simple Polygon / Jon Rokne Intersection of Line Segments / Mukesh Prasad Distance from a Point to a Line / Jack C. Morrison An Easy Bounding Circle / Jon Rokne The Smallest Circle Containing the Intersection of Two Circles / Jon Rokne Appolonius's 10th Problem / Jon Rokne A Peano Curve Generation Algorithm / Ken Musgrave Space-Filling Curves and a Measure of Coherence / Douglas Voorhies Scanline Coherent Shape Algebra / Jonathan E. Steinhart Image Smoothing and Sharpening by Discrete Convolution / Dale A. Schumacher A Comparison of Digital Halftoning Techniques / Dale A. Schumacher Color Dithering / Spencer W. Thomas and Rod G. Bogart Fast Anamorphic Image Scaling / Dale A. Schumacher Real Pixels / Greg Ward A Fast 90-Degree Bitmap Rotator / Sue-Ken Yap Rotation of Run-Length Encoded Image Data / Jeff Holt Adaptive Run-Length Encoding / Andrew S. Glassner Image File Compression Made Easy / Alan W. Paeth An Optimal Filter for Image Reconstruction / Nelson Max Noise Thresholding in Edge Images / John Schlag Computing the Area, the Circumference, and the Genus of a Binary Digital Image / Hanspeter Bieri and Andreas Kohler Efficient Inverse Color Map Computation / Spencer W. Thomas Efficient Statistical Computations for Optimal Color Quantization / Xiaolin Wu A Random Color Map Animation Algorithm / Ken Musgrave A Fast Approach to PHIGS PLUS Pseudo Color Mapping / James Hall and Terence Lindgren Mapping RGB Triples onto 16 Distinct Values / Alan W. Paeth Television Color Encoding and ``Hot'' Broadcast Colors / David Martindale and Alan W. Paeth An Inexpensive Method of Setting the Monitor White Point / Gary W. Meyer Some Tips for Making Color Hardcopy / Ken Musgrave Area of Planar Polygons and Volume of Polyhedra / Ronald N. Goldman Getting Around on a Sphere / Clifford A. Shaffer Exact Dihedral Metrics for Common Polyhedra / Alan W. Paeth A Simple Viewing Geometry / Andrew S. Glassner View Correlation / Rod G. Bogart Maintaining Winged-Edge Models / Andrew S. Glassner Quadtree / Octree-to-Boundary Conversion / Claudio Montani and Roberto Scopigno Three-Dimensional Homogeneous Clipping of Triangle Strips / Patrick-Gilles Maillot InterPhong Shading / Nadia Magnenat Thalmann, Daniel Thalmann and Hong Tong Minh Fast Ray-Convex Polyhedron Intersection / Eric Haines Intersecting a Ray with an Elliptical Torus / Joseph M. Cychosz Ray-Triangle Intersection Using Binary Recursive Subdivision / Douglas Voorhies and David Kirk Improved Ray Tagging for Voxel-Based Ray Tracing / David Kirk and James Arvo Efficiency Improvements for Hierarchy Traversal in Ray Tracing / Eric Haines A Recursive Shadow Voxel Cache for Ray Tracing / Andrew Pearce Avoiding Incorrect Shadow Intersections for Ray Tracing / Andrew Pearce A Body Color Model: Absorption of Light through Translucent Media / Mark E. Lee and Samuel P. Uselton More Shadow Attenuation for Ray Tracing Transparent or Translucent Objects / Mark E. Lee and Samuel P. Uselton Implementing Progressive Radiosity with User-Provided Polygon Display Routines / Shenchang Eric Chen A Cubic Tetrahedral Adaptation of the Hemi-Cube Algorithm / Jeffrey C. Beran-Koehn and Mark J. Pavicic Fast Vertex Radiosity Update / Filippo Tampieri Radiosity via Ray Tracing / Peter Shirley Detection of Shadow Boundaries for Adaptive Meshing in Radiosity / Francois Sillion Decomposing a Matrix into Simple Transformations / Spencer W. Thomas Recovering the Data from the Transformation Matrix / Ronald N. Goldman Transformations as Exponentials / Ronald N. Goldman More Matrices and Transformations: Shear and Pseudo-Perspective / Ronald N. Goldman Fast Matrix Inversion / Kevin Wu Quaternions and $4 times 4$ Matrices / Ken Shoemake Random Rotation Matrices / James Arvo Classifying Small Sparse Matrices / James Arvo Bit Picking / Ken Shoemake Faster Fourier Transform / Ken Shoemake Of Integers, Fields, and Bit Counting / Alan W. Paeth and David Schilling Using Geometric Constructions to Interpolate Orientation with Quaternions / John Schlag A Half-Angle Identity for Digital Computation: The Joys of the Halved Tangent / Alan W. Paeth An Integer Square Root Algorithm / Christopher J. Musial Fast Approximation to the Arctangent / Ron Capelli Fast Sign of Cross Product Calculation / Jack Ritter Interval Sampling / Ken Shoemake A Recursive Implementation of the Perlin Noise Function / Greg Ward Least-Squares Approximations to Bezier Curves and Surfaces / Doug Moore and Joe Warren Beyond Bezier Curves / Ken Shoemake A Simple Formulation for Curve Interpolation with Variable Control Point Approximation / John Schlag Symmetric Evaluation of Polynomials / Terence Lindgren Menelaus's Theorem / Hans-Peter Seidel Geometrically Continuous Cubic Bezier Curves / Hans-Peter Siedel A Good Straight-Line Approximation of a Circular Arc / Christopher J. Musial Great Circle Plotting / Alan W. Paeth Fast Anti-Aliased Circle Generation / Xiaolin Wu Graphics Gems C Header File 2D and 3D Vector C Library Corrected and Indexed Useful C Macros for Vector Operations / Steve Hollasch

rawabstract:
\booktitle{Graphics Gems II} is a collection of articles shared by a diverse group of people that reflect ideas and approaches in graphics programming which can benefit other computer graphics programmers. This volume presents techniques for doing well-known graphics operations faster or easier. The book contains chapters devoted to topics on two-dimensional and three-dimensional geometry and algorithms, image processing, frame buffer techniques, and ray tracing techniques. The radiosity approach, matrix techniques, and numerical and programming techniques are likewise discussed.

rawTOC:
Foreword / Andrew Glassner \\ The Area of a Simple Polygon / Jon Rokne \\ Intersection of Line Segments / Mukesh Prasad \\ Distance from a Point to a Line / Jack C. Morrison \\ An Easy Bounding Circle / Jon Rokne \\ The Smallest Circle Containing the Intersection of Two Circles / Jon Rokne \\ Appolonius's 10th Problem / Jon Rokne \\ A Peano Curve Generation Algorithm / Ken Musgrave \\ Space-Filling Curves and a Measure of Coherence / Douglas Voorhies \\ Scanline Coherent Shape Algebra / Jonathan E. Steinhart \\ Image Smoothing and Sharpening by Discrete Convolution / Dale A. Schumacher \\ A Comparison of Digital Halftoning Techniques / Dale A. Schumacher \\ Color Dithering / Spencer W. Thomas and Rod G. Bogart \\ Fast Anamorphic Image Scaling / Dale A. Schumacher \\ Real Pixels / Greg Ward \\ A Fast 90-Degree Bitmap Rotator / Sue-Ken Yap \\ Rotation of Run-Length Encoded Image Data / Jeff Holt \\ Adaptive Run-Length Encoding / Andrew S. Glassner \\ Image File Compression Made Easy / Alan W. Paeth \\ An Optimal Filter for Image Reconstruction / Nelson Max \\ Noise Thresholding in Edge Images / John Schlag \\ Computing the Area, the Circumference, and the Genus of a Binary Digital Image / Hanspeter Bieri and Andreas Kohler \\ Efficient Inverse Color Map Computation / Spencer W. Thomas \\ Efficient Statistical Computations for Optimal Color Quantization / Xiaolin Wu \\ A Random Color Map Animation Algorithm / Ken Musgrave \\ A Fast Approach to PHIGS PLUS Pseudo Color Mapping / James Hall and Terence Lindgren \\ Mapping RGB Triples onto 16 Distinct Values / Alan W. Paeth \\ Television Color Encoding and ``Hot'' Broadcast Colors / David Martindale and Alan W. Paeth \\ An Inexpensive Method of Setting the Monitor White Point / Gary W. Meyer \\ Some Tips for Making Color Hardcopy / Ken Musgrave \\ Area of Planar Polygons and Volume of Polyhedra / Ronald N. Goldman \\ Getting Around on a Sphere / Clifford A. Shaffer \\ Exact Dihedral Metrics for Common Polyhedra / Alan W. Paeth \\ A Simple Viewing Geometry / Andrew S. Glassner \\ View Correlation / Rod G. Bogart \\ Maintaining Winged-Edge Models / Andrew S. Glassner \\ Quadtree\slash Octree-to-Boundary Conversion / Claudio Montani and Roberto Scopigno \\ Three-Dimensional Homogeneous Clipping of Triangle Strips / Patrick-Gilles Maillot \\ InterPhong Shading / Nadia Magnenat Thalmann, Daniel Thalmann and Hong Tong Minh \\ Fast Ray-Convex Polyhedron Intersection / Eric Haines \\ Intersecting a Ray with an Elliptical Torus / Joseph M. Cychosz \\ Ray-Triangle Intersection Using Binary Recursive Subdivision / Douglas Voorhies and David Kirk \\ Improved Ray Tagging for Voxel-Based Ray Tracing / David Kirk and James Arvo \\ Efficiency Improvements for Hierarchy Traversal in Ray Tracing / Eric Haines \\ A Recursive Shadow Voxel Cache for Ray Tracing / Andrew Pearce \\ Avoiding Incorrect Shadow Intersections for Ray Tracing / Andrew Pearce \\ A Body Color Model: Absorption of Light through Translucent Media / Mark E. Lee and Samuel P. Uselton \\ More Shadow Attenuation for Ray Tracing Transparent or Translucent Objects / Mark E. Lee and Samuel P. Uselton \\ Implementing Progressive Radiosity with User-Provided Polygon Display Routines / Shenchang Eric Chen \\ A Cubic Tetrahedral Adaptation of the Hemi-Cube Algorithm / Jeffrey C. Beran-Koehn and Mark J. Pavicic \\ Fast Vertex Radiosity Update / Filippo Tampieri \\ Radiosity via Ray Tracing / Peter Shirley \\ Detection of Shadow Boundaries for Adaptive Meshing in Radiosity / Fran{\c{c}}ois Sillion \\ Decomposing a Matrix into Simple Transformations / Spencer W. Thomas \\ Recovering the Data from the Transformation Matrix / Ronald N. Goldman \\ Transformations as Exponentials / Ronald N. Goldman \\ More Matrices and Transformations: Shear and Pseudo-Perspective / Ronald N. Goldman \\ Fast Matrix Inversion / Kevin Wu \\ Quaternions and $4 \times 4$ Matrices / Ken Shoemake \\ Random Rotation Matrices / James Arvo \\ Classifying Small Sparse Matrices / James Arvo \\ Bit Picking / Ken Shoemake \\ Faster Fourier Transform / Ken Shoemake \\ Of Integers, Fields, and Bit Counting / Alan W. Paeth and David Schilling \\ Using Geometric Constructions to Interpolate Orientation with Quaternions / John Schlag \\ A Half-Angle Identity for Digital Computation: The Joys of the Halved Tangent / Alan W. Paeth \\ An Integer Square Root Algorithm / Christopher J. Musial \\ Fast Approximation to the Arctangent / Ron Capelli \\ Fast Sign of Cross Product Calculation / Jack Ritter \\ Interval Sampling / Ken Shoemake \\ A Recursive Implementation of the Perlin Noise Function / Greg Ward \\ Least-Squares Approximations to B{\'e}zier Curves and Surfaces / Doug Moore and Joe Warren \\ Beyond B{\'e}zier Curves / Ken Shoemake \\ A Simple Formulation for Curve Interpolation with Variable Control Point Approximation / John Schlag \\ Symmetric Evaluation of Polynomials / Terence Lindgren \\ Menelaus's Theorem / Hans-Peter Seidel \\ Geometrically Continuous Cubic B{\'e}zier Curves / Hans-Peter Siedel \\ A Good Straight-Line Approximation of a Circular Arc / Christopher J. Musial \\ Great Circle Plotting / Alan W. Paeth \\ Fast Anti-Aliased Circle Generation / Xiaolin Wu \\ Graphics Gems C Header File \\ 2D and 3D Vector C Library \\ Corrected and Indexed \\ Useful C Macros for Vector Operations / Steve Hollasch

entry:
@Book{Arvo:1991:GGI,
  author =       "James Arvo",
  title =        "Graphics gems {II}",
  volume =       "2",
  publisher =    pub-ACADEMIC,
  address =      pub-ACADEMIC:adr,
  pages =        "xxxii + 643",
  year =         "1991",
  ISBN =         "0-12-064480-0",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-12-064480-3",
  LCCN =         "T385 .G6972 1991",
  bibdate =      "Mon Aug 24 17:12:23 1998",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/fparith.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  series =       "Graphics Gems",
  URL =          "http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/book/9780080507545",
  ZMnumber =     "0774.68010",
  abstract =     "\booktitle{Graphics Gems II} is a collection of
                 articles shared by a diverse group of people that
                 reflect ideas and approaches in graphics programming
                 which can benefit other computer graphics programmers.
                 This volume presents techniques for doing well-known
                 graphics operations faster or easier. The book contains
                 chapters devoted to topics on two-dimensional and
                 three-dimensional geometry and algorithms, image
                 processing, frame buffer techniques, and ray tracing
                 techniques. The radiosity approach, matrix techniques,
                 and numerical and programming techniques are likewise
                 discussed.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  libnote =      "Not yet in my library.",
  tableofcontents = "Foreword / Andrew Glassner \\
                 The Area of a Simple Polygon / Jon Rokne \\
                 Intersection of Line Segments / Mukesh Prasad \\
                 Distance from a Point to a Line / Jack C. Morrison \\
                 An Easy Bounding Circle / Jon Rokne \\
                 The Smallest Circle Containing the Intersection of Two
                 Circles / Jon Rokne \\
                 Appolonius's 10th Problem / Jon Rokne \\
                 A Peano Curve Generation Algorithm / Ken Musgrave \\
                 Space-Filling Curves and a Measure of Coherence /
                 Douglas Voorhies \\
                 Scanline Coherent Shape Algebra / Jonathan E. Steinhart
                 \\
                 Image Smoothing and Sharpening by Discrete Convolution
                 / Dale A. Schumacher \\
                 A Comparison of Digital Halftoning Techniques / Dale A.
                 Schumacher \\
                 Color Dithering / Spencer W. Thomas and Rod G. Bogart
                 \\
                 Fast Anamorphic Image Scaling / Dale A. Schumacher \\
                 Real Pixels / Greg Ward \\
                 A Fast 90-Degree Bitmap Rotator / Sue-Ken Yap \\
                 Rotation of Run-Length Encoded Image Data / Jeff Holt
                 \\
                 Adaptive Run-Length Encoding / Andrew S. Glassner \\
                 Image File Compression Made Easy / Alan W. Paeth \\
                 An Optimal Filter for Image Reconstruction / Nelson Max
                 \\
                 Noise Thresholding in Edge Images / John Schlag \\
                 Computing the Area, the Circumference, and the Genus of
                 a Binary Digital Image / Hanspeter Bieri and Andreas
                 Kohler \\
                 Efficient Inverse Color Map Computation / Spencer W.
                 Thomas \\
                 Efficient Statistical Computations for Optimal Color
                 Quantization / Xiaolin Wu \\
                 A Random Color Map Animation Algorithm / Ken Musgrave
                 \\
                 A Fast Approach to PHIGS PLUS Pseudo Color Mapping /
                 James Hall and Terence Lindgren \\
                 Mapping RGB Triples onto 16 Distinct Values / Alan W.
                 Paeth \\
                 Television Color Encoding and ``Hot'' Broadcast Colors
                 / David Martindale and Alan W. Paeth \\
                 An Inexpensive Method of Setting the Monitor White
                 Point / Gary W. Meyer \\
                 Some Tips for Making Color Hardcopy / Ken Musgrave \\
                 Area of Planar Polygons and Volume of Polyhedra /
                 Ronald N. Goldman \\
                 Getting Around on a Sphere / Clifford A. Shaffer \\
                 Exact Dihedral Metrics for Common Polyhedra / Alan W.
                 Paeth \\
                 A Simple Viewing Geometry / Andrew S. Glassner \\
                 View Correlation / Rod G. Bogart \\
                 Maintaining Winged-Edge Models / Andrew S. Glassner \\
                 Quadtree\slash Octree-to-Boundary Conversion / Claudio
                 Montani and Roberto Scopigno \\
                 Three-Dimensional Homogeneous Clipping of Triangle
                 Strips / Patrick-Gilles Maillot \\
                 InterPhong Shading / Nadia Magnenat Thalmann, Daniel
                 Thalmann and Hong Tong Minh \\
                 Fast Ray-Convex Polyhedron Intersection / Eric Haines
                 \\
                 Intersecting a Ray with an Elliptical Torus / Joseph M.
                 Cychosz \\
                 Ray-Triangle Intersection Using Binary Recursive
                 Subdivision / Douglas Voorhies and David Kirk \\
                 Improved Ray Tagging for Voxel-Based Ray Tracing /
                 David Kirk and James Arvo \\
                 Efficiency Improvements for Hierarchy Traversal in Ray
                 Tracing / Eric Haines \\
                 A Recursive Shadow Voxel Cache for Ray Tracing / Andrew
                 Pearce \\
                 Avoiding Incorrect Shadow Intersections for Ray Tracing
                 / Andrew Pearce \\
                 A Body Color Model: Absorption of Light through
                 Translucent Media / Mark E. Lee and Samuel P. Uselton
                 \\
                 More Shadow Attenuation for Ray Tracing Transparent or
                 Translucent Objects / Mark E. Lee and Samuel P. Uselton
                 \\
                 Implementing Progressive Radiosity with User-Provided
                 Polygon Display Routines / Shenchang Eric Chen \\
                 A Cubic Tetrahedral Adaptation of the Hemi-Cube
                 Algorithm / Jeffrey C. Beran-Koehn and Mark J. Pavicic
                 \\
                 Fast Vertex Radiosity Update / Filippo Tampieri \\
                 Radiosity via Ray Tracing / Peter Shirley \\
                 Detection of Shadow Boundaries for Adaptive Meshing in
                 Radiosity / Fran{\c{c}}ois Sillion \\
                 Decomposing a Matrix into Simple Transformations /
                 Spencer W. Thomas \\
                 Recovering the Data from the Transformation Matrix /
                 Ronald N. Goldman \\
                 Transformations as Exponentials / Ronald N. Goldman \\
                 More Matrices and Transformations: Shear and
                 Pseudo-Perspective / Ronald N. Goldman \\
                 Fast Matrix Inversion / Kevin Wu \\
                 Quaternions and $4 \times 4$ Matrices / Ken Shoemake
                 \\
                 Random Rotation Matrices / James Arvo \\
                 Classifying Small Sparse Matrices / James Arvo \\
                 Bit Picking / Ken Shoemake \\
                 Faster Fourier Transform / Ken Shoemake \\
                 Of Integers, Fields, and Bit Counting / Alan W. Paeth
                 and David Schilling \\
                 Using Geometric Constructions to Interpolate
                 Orientation with Quaternions / John Schlag \\
                 A Half-Angle Identity for Digital Computation: The Joys
                 of the Halved Tangent / Alan W. Paeth \\
                 An Integer Square Root Algorithm / Christopher J.
                 Musial \\
                 Fast Approximation to the Arctangent / Ron Capelli \\
                 Fast Sign of Cross Product Calculation / Jack Ritter
                 \\
                 Interval Sampling / Ken Shoemake \\
                 A Recursive Implementation of the Perlin Noise Function
                 / Greg Ward \\
                 Least-Squares Approximations to B{\'e}zier Curves and
                 Surfaces / Doug Moore and Joe Warren \\
                 Beyond B{\'e}zier Curves / Ken Shoemake \\
                 A Simple Formulation for Curve Interpolation with
                 Variable Control Point Approximation / John Schlag \\
                 Symmetric Evaluation of Polynomials / Terence Lindgren
                 \\
                 Menelaus's Theorem / Hans-Peter Seidel \\
                 Geometrically Continuous Cubic B{\'e}zier Curves /
                 Hans-Peter Siedel \\
                 A Good Straight-Line Approximation of a Circular Arc /
                 Christopher J. Musial \\
                 Great Circle Plotting / Alan W. Paeth \\
                 Fast Anti-Aliased Circle Generation / Xiaolin Wu \\
                 Graphics Gems C Header File \\
                 2D and 3D Vector C Library \\
                 Corrected and Indexed \\
                 Useful C Macros for Vector Operations / Steve
                 Hollasch",
  xxtableofcontents = "Foreword \\
                 Preface \\
                 Mathematical Notation \\
                 Pseudo-Code \\
                 Contributors \\
                 I: 2D Geometry and Algorithms \\
                 Introduction \\
                 1: The Area of a Simple Polygon \\
                 2: Intersection of Line Segments \\
                 3: Distance from a Point to a Line \\
                 4: An Easy Bounding Circle \\
                 5: The Smallest Circle Containing the Intersection of
                 Two Circles \\
                 6: Appolonius's 10th Problem \\
                 7: A Peano Curve Generation Algorithm \\
                 8: Space-Filling Curves and a Measure of Coherence \\
                 9: Scanline Coherent Shape Algebra \\
                 II: Image Processing \\
                 Introduction \\
                 1: Image Smoothing and Sharpening by Discrete
                 Convolution \\
                 2: A Comparison of Digital Halftoning Techniques \\
                 3: Color Dithering \\
                 4: Fast Anamorphic Image Scaling \\
                 5: Real Pixels \\
                 6: A Fast 90-Degree Bitmap Rotator \\
                 7: Rotation of Run-Length Encoded Image Data \\
                 8: Adaptive Run-Length Encoding \\
                 9: Image File Compression Made Easy \\
                 10: An Optimal Filter for Image Reconstruction \\
                 11: Noise Thresholding in Edge Images \\
                 12: Computing the Area, the Circumference, and the
                 Genus of a Binary Digital Image \\
                 III: Frame Buffer Techniques \\
                 Introduction \\
                 1: Efficient Inverse Color Map Computation \\
                 2. Efficient Statistical Computations for Optimal Color
                 Quantization \\
                 3: A Random Color Map Animation Algorithm \\
                 4: A Fast Approach to PHIGS PLUS Pseudo Color Mapping
                 \\
                 5: Mapping RGB Triples onto 16 Distinct Values \\
                 6: Television Color Encoding and ``Hot'' Broadcast
                 Colors \\
                 7: An Inexpensive Method of Setting the Monitor White
                 Point \\
                 8: Some Tips for Making Color Hardcopy \\
                 IV: 3D Geometry and Algorithms \\
                 Introduction \\
                 1: Area of Planar Polygons and Volume of Polyhedra \\
                 2: Getting Around on a Sphere \\
                 3: Exact Dihedral Metrics for Common Polyhedra \\
                 4: A Simple Viewing Geometry \\
                 5: View Correlation \\
                 6: Maintaining Winged-Edge Models \\
                 7: Quadtree\slash Octree-to-Boundary Conversion \\
                 8: Three-Dimensional Homogeneous Clipping of Triangle
                 Strips \\
                 9: InterPhong Shading \\
                 V: Ray Tracing \\
                 Introduction \\
                 1: Fast Ray-Convex Polyhedron Intersection \\
                 2: Intersecting a Ray with an Elliptical Torus \\
                 3: Ray-Triangle Intersection Using Binary Recursive
                 Subdivision \\
                 4: Improved Ray Tagging for Voxel-Based Ray Tracing \\
                 5: Efficiency Improvements for Hierarchy Traversal in
                 Ray Tracing \\
                 6: A Recursive Shadow Voxel Cache for Ray Tracing \\
                 7: Avoiding Incorrect Shadow Intersections for Ray
                 Tracing \\
                 8: A Body Color Model: Absorption of Light through
                 Translucent Media \\
                 9: More Shadow Attenuation for Ray Tracing Transparent
                 or Translucent Objects \\
                 VI: Radiosity \\
                 Introduction \\
                 1: Implementing Progressive Radiosity with
                 User-Provided Polygon Display Routines \\
                 2: A Cubic Tetrahedral Adaptation of the Hemi-Cube
                 Algorithm \\
                 3: Fast Vertex Radiosity Update \\
                 4: Radiosity via Ray Tracing \\
                 5: Detection of Shadow Boundaries for Adaptive Meshing
                 in Radiosity \\
                 [data unavailable] \ldots{}",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Asente:1990:XWS
author: Paul J. Asente and Ralph R. Swick
title: X Window System Toolkit: The Complete Programmer's Guide and Specification
publisher: pub-DP
address: pub-DP:adr
pages: xxxv + 967
year: 1990
LCCN: QA76.76.W56 A74 1990
MRclass: 68-00, 68N25
bibdate: Tue Dec 14 22:40:01 1993
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/unix.bib
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.14 22:40:01 ???
ZMnumber: 0771.68002
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Paul J. Asente and Ralph R. Swick
rawtitle: {X Window System Toolkit}: The Complete Programmer's Guide and Specification
ISBN:
0-13-972191-6 (Prentice Hall), 0-13-973173-3, 0-13-975491-6 (Prentice Hall), 1-55558-051-3 (DP paperback) OR 0139721916 (Prentice Hall), 0139731733, 0139754916 (Prentice Hall), 1555580513 (DP paperback)

ISBN13:
978-0-13-972191-5 (Prentice Hall), 978-0-13-973173-0, 978-0-13-975491-3 (Prentice Hall), 978-1-55558-051-3 (DP paperback) OR 9780139721915 (Prentice Hall), 9780139731730, 9780139754913 (Prentice Hall), 9781555580513 (DP paperback)

entry:
@Book{Asente:1990:XWS,
  author =       "Paul J. Asente and Ralph R. Swick",
  title =        "{X Window System Toolkit}: The Complete Programmer's
                 Guide and Specification",
  publisher =    pub-DP,
  address =      pub-DP:adr,
  pages =        "xxxv + 967",
  year =         "1990",
  ISBN =         "0-13-972191-6 (Prentice Hall), 0-13-973173-3,
                 0-13-975491-6 (Prentice Hall), 1-55558-051-3 (DP
                 paperback)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-13-972191-5 (Prentice Hall), 978-0-13-973173-0,
                 978-0-13-975491-3 (Prentice Hall), 978-1-55558-051-3
                 (DP paperback)",
  LCCN =         "QA76.76.W56 A74 1990",
  MRclass =      "68-00, 68N25",
  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 22:40:01 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/unix.bib",
  ZMnumber =     "0771.68002",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: article
filename: master.bib
label: Asher:virtual-fonts
author: Graham Asher
title: Re: Virtual fonts: More fun for Grand Wizards
journal: j-TEXHAX
volume: 90
number: 17
pages: xxxv + 967
month: jan
monthnumber: 1
year: 1990
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Graham Asher
rawtitle: Re: Virtual fonts: More fun for Grand Wizards
entry:
@Article{Asher:virtual-fonts,
  author =       "Graham Asher",
  title =        "Re: Virtual fonts: More fun for Grand Wizards",
  journal =      j-TEXHAX,
  volume =       "90",
  number =       "17",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1990",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Aste:2000:PPP
author: Tomaso Aste and Denis Weaire
title: The Pursuit of Perfect Packing
publisher: pub-IOP
address: pub-IOP:adr
pages: xi + 136
year: 2000
DOI: https://doi.org/10.1887/0750306483
LCCN: QA166.7 .A78 2000
MRclass: 52-01 (52A40 52C15 52C17 52C23)
MRnumber: 1786410 (2001g:52001)
MRreviewer: Johann Linhart
bibdate: Tue Mar 13 11:03:37 2001
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/kepler.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2001.03.13 11:03:37 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Tomaso Aste and Denis Weaire
rawtitle: The Pursuit of Perfect Packing
ISBN:
0-7503-0647-5 (hardcover), 0-7503-0648-3 (paperback) OR 0750306475 (hardcover), 0750306483 (paperback)

ISBN13:
978-0-7503-0647-8 (hardcover), 978-0-7503-0648-5 (paperback) OR 9780750306478 (hardcover), 9780750306485 (paperback)

abstract:
booktitle The Pursuit of Perfect Packing explores the densest possible arrangement of identical spheres and many others problems that have to do with packing things together. The examples from mathematics, physics, biology, and engineering include the arrangement of soap bubbles in foam, atoms in a crystal, the architecture of the bee's honeycomb, and the structure of the Giant's Causeway. The book also contains brief accounts of the lives of many of the scientists who devoted themselves to problems of packing over many centuries, together with wry comments on their efforts. It is an entertaining introduction to the field for both specialists and the more general public.

keywords:
Hilbert's 18th Problem (How can one arrange most densely in space an infinite number of equal solids of given form, so that the ratio of the filled to the unfilled space may be as great as possible?); Kepler sphere-packing conjecture; Malfatti problem; Mallet's model; Thomas Hales' packing-proof programme; Thomson problem; Tammes problem; Voronoi construction

remark:
This is an interesting little monograph on packing problems, a surprising number of which continue to elude proofs and solutions. Packing problems are considered in two-, three-, and higher dimensions, for bubbles, casks of Guinness, concrete, spheres, foam, soap film, ldots .

TOC:
1: How many sweets in the jar? 2: Loose change and tight packing 3: Hard Problems with hard spheres 4: Proof positive? 5: Peas and Pips 6: Enthusiastic admiration: the honeycomb 7: Toils and troubles with bubbles 8: The architecture of the world of atoms 9: Apollonius and concrete 10: The Giants Causeway 11: Soccer balls, golf balls, and Bucky balls 12: Packings and kisses in high dimensions 13: Odds and ends 14: Conclusion

rawabstract:
\booktitle{The Pursuit of Perfect Packing} explores the densest possible arrangement of identical spheres and many others problems that have to do with packing things together. The examples from mathematics, physics, biology, and engineering include the arrangement of soap bubbles in foam, atoms in a crystal, the architecture of the bee's honeycomb, and the structure of the Giant's Causeway. The book also contains brief accounts of the lives of many of the scientists who devoted themselves to problems of packing over many centuries, together with wry comments on their efforts. It is an entertaining introduction to the field for both specialists and the more general public.

rawTOC:
1: How many sweets in the jar? \\ 2: Loose change and tight packing \\ 3: Hard Problems with hard spheres \\ 4: Proof positive? \\ 5: Peas and Pips \\ 6: Enthusiastic admiration: the honeycomb \\ 7: Toils and troubles with bubbles \\ 8: The architecture of the world of atoms \\ 9: Apollonius and concrete \\ 10: The Giants Causeway \\ 11: Soccer balls, golf balls, and Bucky balls \\ 12: Packings and kisses in high dimensions \\ 13: Odds and ends \\ 14: Conclusion

entry:
@Book{Aste:2000:PPP,
  author =       "Tomaso Aste and Denis Weaire",
  title =        "The Pursuit of Perfect Packing",
  publisher =    pub-IOP,
  address =      pub-IOP:adr,
  pages =        "xi + 136",
  year =         "2000",
  DOI =          "https://doi.org/10.1887/0750306483",
  ISBN =         "0-7503-0647-5 (hardcover), 0-7503-0648-3 (paperback)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-7503-0647-8 (hardcover), 978-0-7503-0648-5
                 (paperback)",
  LCCN =         "QA166.7 .A78 2000",
  MRclass =      "52-01 (52A40 52C15 52C17 52C23)",
  MRnumber =     "1786410 (2001g:52001)",
  MRreviewer =   "Johann Linhart",
  bibdate =      "Tue Mar 13 11:03:37 2001",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/kepler.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  abstract =     "\booktitle{The Pursuit of Perfect Packing} explores
                 the densest possible arrangement of identical spheres
                 and many others problems that have to do with packing
                 things together. The examples from mathematics,
                 physics, biology, and engineering include the
                 arrangement of soap bubbles in foam, atoms in a
                 crystal, the architecture of the bee's honeycomb, and
                 the structure of the Giant's Causeway. The book also
                 contains brief accounts of the lives of many of the
                 scientists who devoted themselves to problems of
                 packing over many centuries, together with wry comments
                 on their efforts. It is an entertaining introduction to
                 the field for both specialists and the more general
                 public.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  keywords =     "Hilbert's 18th Problem (How can one arrange most
                 densely in space an infinite number of equal solids of
                 given form, so that the ratio of the filled to the
                 unfilled space may be as great as possible?); Kepler
                 sphere-packing conjecture; Malfatti problem; Mallet's
                 model; Thomas Hales' packing-proof programme; Thomson
                 problem; Tammes problem; Vorono{\"\i} construction",
  libnote =      "Not in my library.",
  remark =       "This is an interesting little monograph on packing
                 problems, a surprising number of which continue to
                 elude proofs and solutions. Packing problems are
                 considered in two-, three-, and higher dimensions, for
                 bubbles, casks of Guinness, concrete, spheres, foam,
                 soap film, \ldots{}.",
  tableofcontents = "1: How many sweets in the jar? \\
                 2: Loose change and tight packing \\
                 3: Hard Problems with hard spheres \\
                 4: Proof positive? \\
                 5: Peas and Pips \\
                 6: Enthusiastic admiration: the honeycomb \\
                 7: Toils and troubles with bubbles \\
                 8: The architecture of the world of atoms \\
                 9: Apollonius and concrete \\
                 10: The Giants Causeway \\
                 11: Soccer balls, golf balls, and Bucky balls \\
                 12: Packings and kisses in high dimensions \\
                 13: Odds and ends \\
                 14: Conclusion",
}


bibtype: manual
filename: master.bib
label: ASTM:1970:CPT
organization: American Society for Testing and Materials
address: 1916 Race St., Philadelphia, PA 19103, USA
edition: Third
pages: xi + 136
year: 1970
bibdate: Thu Apr 25 07:55:21 1996
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1996.04.25 07:55:21 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
title:
CODEN for Periodical Titles (Including Non-Periodical Titles and Deleted CODEN): An aid to the storage and retrieval of information and to communication involving journal references

note:
ASTM Data Series DS 23 B. Two volumes. Includes CODEN values for 102,146 periodical titles and 7,361 non-periodical publications.

rawnote:
ASTM Data Series DS 23 B. Two volumes. Includes CODEN values for 102,146 periodical titles and 7,361 non-periodical publications.

rawtitle:
{CODEN} for Periodical Titles (Including Non-Periodical Titles and Deleted {CODEN}): An aid to the storage and retrieval of information and to communication involving journal references

entry:
@Manual{ASTM:1970:CPT,
  title =        "{CODEN} for Periodical Titles (Including
                 Non-Periodical Titles and Deleted {CODEN}): An aid to
                 the storage and retrieval of information and to
                 communication involving journal references",
  organization = "American Society for Testing and Materials",
  address =      "1916 Race St., Philadelphia, PA 19103, USA",
  edition =      "Third",
  year =         "1970",
  bibdate =      "Thu Apr 25 07:55:21 1996",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "ASTM Data Series DS 23 B. Two volumes. Includes CODEN
                 values for 102,146 periodical titles and 7,361
                 non-periodical publications.",
  price =        "US\$215.00",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  libnote =      "Not in my library.",
}


bibtype: techreport
filename: master.bib
label: Atanasoff:1940:CMS
author: J. V. Atanasoff
title: Computing machine for the solution of large systems of linear algebraic equations
type: Unpublished memorandum
institution: Iowa State College
address: Ames, IA, USA
pages: xi + 136
month: aug
monthnumber: 8
year: 1940
bibdate: Wed Oct 13 11:36:11 2010
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2010.10.13 11:36:11 ???
note: Reprinted in cite [ 7.2]Randell:1982:ODC.
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: J. V. Atanasoff
rawnote: Reprinted in \cite[\S 7.2]{Randell:1982:ODC}.
rawtitle: Computing machine for the solution of large systems of linear algebraic equations
entry:
@TechReport{Atanasoff:1940:CMS,
  author =       "J. V. Atanasoff",
  title =        "Computing machine for the solution of large systems of
                 linear algebraic equations",
  type =         "Unpublished memorandum",
  institution =  "Iowa State College",
  address =      "Ames, IA, USA",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1940",
  bibdate =      "Wed Oct 13 11:36:11 2010",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "Reprinted in \cite[\S 7.2]{Randell:1982:ODC}.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Atkins:1970:TGT
author: P. W. (Peter William) Atkins and M. S. Child and C. S. G. (Courtenay Stanley Goss) Phillips
title: Tables for Group Theory
publisher: pub-OXFORD
address: pub-OXFORD:adr
pages: 32
year: 1970
ISBN: 0-19-855131-2 OR 0198551312
ISBN13: 978-0-19-855131-7 OR 9780198551317
LCCN: QA171 .A851
bibdate: Mon Jul 27 07:06:06 1998
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1998.07.27 07:06:06 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: P. W. (Peter William) Atkins and M. S. Child and C. S. G. (Courtenay Stanley Goss) Phillips
rawtitle: Tables for Group Theory
entry:
@Book{Atkins:1970:TGT,
  author =       "P. W. (Peter William) Atkins and M. S. Child and C. S.
                 G. (Courtenay Stanley Goss) Phillips",
  title =        "Tables for Group Theory",
  publisher =    pub-OXFORD,
  address =      pub-OXFORD:adr,
  pages =        "32",
  year =         "1970",
  ISBN =         "0-19-855131-2",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-19-855131-7",
  LCCN =         "QA171 .A851",
  bibdate =      "Mon Jul 27 07:06:06 1998",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: ATT:AUS86-1
author: AT&T
title: AT&T UNIX System Readings and Applications
volume: I
publisher: pub-PH
address: pub-PH:adr
pages: xiv + 397
year: 1986
ISBN: 0-13-938532-0 OR 0139385320
ISBN13: 978-0-13-938532-2 OR 9780139385322
LCCN: QA76.76.O63 U553 1986
bibdate: Sat Oct 28 08:25:56 2000
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2000.10.28 08:25:56 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
key: ATT
rawauthor: AT{\&T}
rawtitle: {AT}{{\&T UNIX}} System Readings and Applications
entry:
@Book{ATT:AUS86-1,
  author =       "AT{\&T}",
  key =          "ATT",
  title =        "{AT}{{\&T UNIX}} System Readings and Applications",
  volume =       "I",
  publisher =    pub-PH,
  address =      pub-PH:adr,
  pages =        "xiv + 397",
  year =         "1986",
  ISBN =         "0-13-938532-0",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-13-938532-2",
  LCCN =         "QA76.76.O63 U553 1986",
  bibdate =      "Sat Oct 28 08:25:56 2000",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  xxnote =       "NB: special form AT{\&T} required to get correct
                 alpha-style labels.",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: ATT:AUS86-2
author: AT&T
title: AT&T UNIX System Readings and Applications
volume: II
publisher: pub-PH
address: pub-PH:adr
pages: xii + 324
year: 1986
ISBN: 0-13-939845-7 OR 0139398457
ISBN13: 978-0-13-939845-2 OR 9780139398452
LCCN: QA76.76.O63 U553 1986
bibdate: Sat Oct 28 08:25:58 2000
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2000.10.28 08:25:58 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
key: ATT
rawauthor: AT{\&T}
rawtitle: {AT}{{\&T UNIX}} System Readings and Applications
entry:
@Book{ATT:AUS86-2,
  author =       "AT{\&T}",
  key =          "ATT",
  title =        "{AT}{{\&T UNIX}} System Readings and Applications",
  volume =       "II",
  publisher =    pub-PH,
  address =      pub-PH:adr,
  pages =        "xii + 324",
  year =         "1986",
  ISBN =         "0-13-939845-7",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-13-939845-2",
  LCCN =         "QA76.76.O63 U553 1986",
  bibdate =      "Sat Oct 28 08:25:58 2000",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  xxnote =       "NB: special form AT{\&T} required to get correct
                 alpha-style labels.",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: ATT:UPM83-1
author: AT&T
title: UNIX Programmer's Manual
volume: 1
publisher: pub-HRW
address: pub-HRW:adr
pages: xiv + 425
year: 1983
ISBN: 0-03-061742-1 OR 0030617421
ISBN13: 978-0-03-061742-3 OR 9780030617423
LCCN: QA76.8.U65 B44 1983
bibdate: Sat Oct 28 08:26:00 2000
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2000.10.28 08:26:00 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
key: ATT
rawauthor: AT{\&T}
rawtitle: {UNIX} Programmer's Manual
entry:
@Book{ATT:UPM83-1,
  author =       "AT{\&T}",
  key =          "ATT",
  title =        "{UNIX} Programmer's Manual",
  volume =       "1",
  publisher =    pub-HRW,
  address =      pub-HRW:adr,
  pages =        "xiv + 425",
  year =         "1983",
  ISBN =         "0-03-061742-1",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-03-061742-3",
  LCCN =         "QA76.8.U65 B44 1983",
  bibdate =      "Sat Oct 28 08:26:00 2000",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  xxnote =       "NB: special form AT{\&T} required to get correct
                 alpha-style labels.",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: ATT:UPM83-2
author: AT&T
title: UNIX Programmer's Manual
volume: 2
publisher: pub-HRW
address: pub-HRW:adr
pages: vii + 616
year: 1983
ISBN: 0-03-061743-X OR 003061743X
ISBN13: 978-0-03-061743-0 OR 9780030617430
LCCN: QA76.8.U65 B44 1983
bibdate: Sat Oct 28 08:26:02 2000
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2000.10.28 08:26:02 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
key: ATT
rawauthor: AT{\&T}
rawtitle: {UNIX} Programmer's Manual
entry:
@Book{ATT:UPM83-2,
  author =       "AT{\&T}",
  key =          "ATT",
  title =        "{UNIX} Programmer's Manual",
  volume =       "2",
  publisher =    pub-HRW,
  address =      pub-HRW:adr,
  pages =        "vii + 616",
  year =         "1983",
  ISBN =         "0-03-061743-X",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-03-061743-0",
  LCCN =         "QA76.8.U65 B44 1983",
  bibdate =      "Sat Oct 28 08:26:02 2000",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  xxnote =       "NB: special form AT{\&T} required to get correct
                 alpha-style labels.",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: ATT:UPM86-1
author: AT&T
title: UNIX Programmer's Manual: Commands and Utilities
volume: 1
publisher: pub-HRW
address: pub-HRW:adr
pages: xxix + 524
year: 1986
ISBN: 0-03-009317-1 OR 0030093171
ISBN13: 978-0-03-009317-3 OR 9780030093173
LCCN: QA76.76.O63 U548 1986
bibdate: Sat Oct 28 08:26:04 2000
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2000.10.28 08:26:04 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
key: ATT
rawauthor: AT{\&T}
rawtitle: {UNIX Programmer}'s {Manual}: {Commands} and {Utilities}
entry:
@Book{ATT:UPM86-1,
  author =       "AT{\&T}",
  key =          "ATT",
  title =        "{UNIX Programmer}'s {Manual}: {Commands} and
                 {Utilities}",
  volume =       "1",
  publisher =    pub-HRW,
  address =      pub-HRW:adr,
  pages =        "xxix + 524",
  year =         "1986",
  ISBN =         "0-03-009317-1",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-03-009317-3",
  LCCN =         "QA76.76.O63 U548 1986",
  bibdate =      "Sat Oct 28 08:26:04 2000",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  xxnote =       "NB: special form AT{\&T} required to get correct
                 alpha-style labels.",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: ATT:UPM86-2
author: AT&T
title: UNIX Programmer's Manual: System Calls and Library Routines
volume: 2
publisher: pub-HRW
address: pub-HRW:adr
pages: xxxv + 465
year: 1986
ISBN: 0-03-009314-7 OR 0030093147
ISBN13: 978-0-03-009314-2 OR 9780030093142
LCCN: QA76.76.O63 U548 1986
bibdate: Sat Oct 28 08:26:05 2000
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2000.10.28 08:26:05 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
key: ATT
rawauthor: AT{\&T}
rawtitle: {UNIX Programmer}'s {Manual}: {System Calls} and {Library Routines}
entry:
@Book{ATT:UPM86-2,
  author =       "AT{\&T}",
  key =          "ATT",
  title =        "{UNIX Programmer}'s {Manual}: {System Calls} and
                 {Library Routines}",
  volume =       "2",
  publisher =    pub-HRW,
  address =      pub-HRW:adr,
  pages =        "xxxv + 465",
  year =         "1986",
  ISBN =         "0-03-009314-7",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-03-009314-2",
  LCCN =         "QA76.76.O63 U548 1986",
  bibdate =      "Sat Oct 28 08:26:05 2000",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: ATT:UPM86-3
author: AT&T
title: UNIX Programmer's Manual: System Administration Facilities
volume: 3
publisher: pub-HRW
address: pub-HRW:adr
pages: xiv + 142
year: 1986
ISBN: 0-03-009313-9 OR 0030093139
ISBN13: 978-0-03-009313-5 OR 9780030093135
LCCN: QA76.76.O63 U548 1986
bibdate: Sat Oct 28 08:26:07 2000
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2000.10.28 08:26:07 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
key: ATT
rawauthor: AT{\&T}
rawtitle: {UNIX Programmer}'s {Manual}: {System} {Administration Facilities}
entry:
@Book{ATT:UPM86-3,
  author =       "AT{\&T}",
  key =          "ATT",
  title =        "{UNIX Programmer}'s {Manual}: {System} {Administration
                 Facilities}",
  volume =       "3",
  publisher =    pub-HRW,
  address =      pub-HRW:adr,
  pages =        "xiv + 142",
  year =         "1986",
  ISBN =         "0-03-009313-9",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-03-009313-5",
  LCCN =         "QA76.76.O63 U548 1986",
  bibdate =      "Sat Oct 28 08:26:07 2000",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  xxnote =       "NB: special form AT{\&T} required to get correct
                 alpha-style labels.",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: ATT:UPM86-4
author: AT&T
title: UNIX Programmer's Manual: Document Preparation
volume: 4
publisher: pub-HRW
address: pub-HRW:adr
pages: xiii + 355
year: 1986
ISBN: 0-03-011207-9 OR 0030112079
ISBN13: 978-0-03-011207-2 OR 9780030112072
LCCN: QA76.76.O63 U548 1986
bibdate: Sat Oct 28 08:26:08 2000
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2000.10.28 08:26:08 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
key: ATT
rawauthor: AT{\&T}
rawtitle: {UNIX Programmer}'s {Manual}: {Document} {Preparation}
entry:
@Book{ATT:UPM86-4,
  author =       "AT{\&T}",
  key =          "ATT",
  title =        "{UNIX Programmer}'s {Manual}: {Document}
                 {Preparation}",
  volume =       "4",
  publisher =    pub-HRW,
  address =      pub-HRW:adr,
  pages =        "xiii + 355",
  year =         "1986",
  ISBN =         "0-03-011207-9",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-03-011207-2",
  LCCN =         "QA76.76.O63 U548 1986",
  bibdate =      "Sat Oct 28 08:26:08 2000",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  xxnote =       "NB: special form AT{\&T} required to get correct
                 alpha-style labels.",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: ATT:UPM86-5
author: AT&T
title: UNIX Programmer's Manual: Languages and Support Tools
volume: 5
publisher: pub-HRW
address: pub-HRW:adr
pages: xviii + 618
year: 1986
ISBN: 0-03-011204-4 OR 0030112044
ISBN13: 978-0-03-011204-1 OR 9780030112041
LCCN: QA76.76.O63 U548 1986
bibdate: Sat Oct 28 08:26:09 2000
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2000.10.28 08:26:09 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
key: ATT
rawauthor: AT{\&T}
rawtitle: {UNIX Programmer}'s {Manual}: {Languages} and {Support Tools}
entry:
@Book{ATT:UPM86-5,
  author =       "AT{\&T}",
  key =          "ATT",
  title =        "{UNIX Programmer}'s {Manual}: {Languages} and {Support
                 Tools}",
  volume =       "5",
  publisher =    pub-HRW,
  address =      pub-HRW:adr,
  pages =        "xviii + 618",
  year =         "1986",
  ISBN =         "0-03-011204-4",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-03-011204-1",
  LCCN =         "QA76.76.O63 U548 1986",
  bibdate =      "Sat Oct 28 08:26:09 2000",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  xxnote =       "NB: special form AT{\&T} required to get correct
                 alpha-style labels.",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: ATT:USV86
author: AT&T
title: UNIX System V Programmer's Guide
publisher: pub-HRW
address: pub-HRW:adr
pages: xiv + 832
year: 1986
ISBN: 0-13-940438-4 OR 0139404384
ISBN13: 978-0-13-940438-2 OR 9780139404382
LCCN: QA76.76.O63 U556 1987
bibdate: Sat Oct 28 08:26:11 2000
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2000.10.28 08:26:11 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
key: ATT
rawauthor: AT{\&T}
rawtitle: {UNIX System V Programmer}'s {Guide}
entry:
@Book{ATT:USV86,
  author =       "AT{\&T}",
  key =          "ATT",
  title =        "{UNIX System V Programmer}'s {Guide}",
  publisher =    pub-HRW,
  address =      pub-HRW:adr,
  pages =        "xiv + 832",
  year =         "1986",
  ISBN =         "0-13-940438-4",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-13-940438-2",
  LCCN =         "QA76.76.O63 U556 1987",
  bibdate =      "Sat Oct 28 08:26:11 2000",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  xxnote =       "NB: special form AT{\&T} required to get correct
                 alpha-style labels.",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Augarten:1984:BBI
author: Stan Augarten
title: BIT by BIT: An Illustrated History of Computers
publisher: pub-TICKNOR-FIELDS
address: pub-TICKNOR-FIELDS:adr
pages: ix + 324
year: 1984
ISBN: 0-89919-268-8, 0-89919-302-1 (paperback) OR 0899192688, 0899193021 (paperback)
ISBN13: 978-0-89919-268-0, 978-0-89919-302-1 (paperback) OR 9780899192680, 9780899193021 (paperback)
LCCN: QA76.17.A94 1984
bibdate: Thu Sep 15 07:53:57 1994
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1994.09.15 07:53:57 ???
abstract: Tells the story of the development of computers, plus the men and women who shaped its history.
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawabstract: Tells the story of the development of computers, plus the men and women who shaped its history.
rawauthor: Stan Augarten
rawtitle: {BIT} by {BIT}: An Illustrated History of Computers
TOC:
The first mechanical calculators The engines of Charles Babbage The bridge between two centuries The invention of ENIAC The stored-program computer The rise of IBM The Whirlwind Project The integrated circuit The personal computer Epilogue: the lesson of history Appendix: the FBI dossier of John William Mauchly Chronology of the history of computers

rawTOC:
The first mechanical calculators \\ The engines of Charles Babbage \\ The bridge between two centuries \\ The invention of ENIAC \\ The stored-program computer \\ The rise of IBM \\ The Whirlwind Project \\ The integrated circuit \\ The personal computer \\ Epilogue: the lesson of history \\ Appendix: the FBI dossier of John William Mauchly \\ Chronology of the history of computers

entry:
@Book{Augarten:1984:BBI,
  author =       "Stan Augarten",
  title =        "{BIT} by {BIT}: An Illustrated History of Computers",
  publisher =    pub-TICKNOR-FIELDS,
  address =      pub-TICKNOR-FIELDS:adr,
  pages =        "ix + 324",
  year =         "1984",
  ISBN =         "0-89919-268-8, 0-89919-302-1 (paperback)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-89919-268-0, 978-0-89919-302-1 (paperback)",
  LCCN =         "QA76.17.A94 1984",
  bibdate =      "Thu Sep 15 07:53:57 1994",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  abstract =     "Tells the story of the development of computers, plus
                 the men and women who shaped its history.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  libnote =      "Not yet in my library.",
  tableofcontents = "The first mechanical calculators \\
                 The engines of Charles Babbage \\
                 The bridge between two centuries \\
                 The invention of ENIAC \\
                 The stored-program computer \\
                 The rise of IBM \\
                 The Whirlwind Project \\
                 The integrated circuit \\
                 The personal computer \\
                 Epilogue: the lesson of history \\
                 Appendix: the FBI dossier of John William Mauchly \\
                 Chronology of the history of computers",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Austern:1999:GPS
author: Matthew H. Austern
title: Generic Programming and the STL: Using and Extending the C++ Standard Template Library
publisher: pub-AW
address: pub-AW:adr
pages: xx + 548
year: 1999
ISBN: 0-201-30956-4 OR 0201309564
ISBN13: 978-0-201-30956-0 OR 9780201309560
LCCN: QA76.73.C153A97 1999
bibdate: Tue May 11 07:00:39 1999
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1999.05.11 07:00:39 ???
series: Addison-Wesley professional computing series
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Matthew H. Austern
rawtitle: Generic Programming and the {STL}: Using and Extending the {C++ Standard Template} Library
abstract:
This guide explains the C++ Standard Template Library (STL) in terms of generic programming--a way of designing and writing programs so that they can easily be reused. The fundamental premise is that the STL should be regarded as a library of concepts, rather than as a library of functions and classes.

TOC:
Part I: Introduction to Generic Programming 1: A Tour of the STL 2: Algorithms and Ranges 3: More about Iterators 4: Function Objects 5: Containers Part II: Reference Manual: STL Concepts 6: Basic Concepts 7: Iterators 8: Function Objects 9: Containers Part III: Reference Manual: Algorithms and Classes 10: Basic Components 11: Nonmutating Algorithms 12: Basic Mutating Algorithms 13: Sorting and Searching 14: Iterator Classes 15: Function Object Classes 16: Container Classes Appendix A: Portability and Standardization

rawabstract:
This guide explains the C++ Standard Template Library (STL) in terms of generic programming--a way of designing and writing programs so that they can easily be reused. The fundamental premise is that the STL should be regarded as a library of concepts, rather than as a library of functions and classes.

rawTOC:
Part I: Introduction to Generic Programming \\ 1: A Tour of the STL \\ 2: Algorithms and Ranges \\ 3: More about Iterators \\ 4: Function Objects \\ 5: Containers \\ Part II: Reference Manual: STL Concepts \\ 6: Basic Concepts \\ 7: Iterators \\ 8: Function Objects \\ 9: Containers \\ Part III: Reference Manual: Algorithms and Classes \\ 10: Basic Components \\ 11: Nonmutating Algorithms \\ 12: Basic Mutating Algorithms \\ 13: Sorting and Searching \\ 14: Iterator Classes \\ 15: Function Object Classes \\ 16: Container Classes \\ Appendix A: Portability and Standardization

entry:
@Book{Austern:1999:GPS,
  author =       "Matthew H. Austern",
  title =        "Generic Programming and the {STL}: Using and Extending
                 the {C++ Standard Template} Library",
  publisher =    pub-AW,
  address =      pub-AW:adr,
  pages =        "xx + 548",
  year =         "1999",
  ISBN =         "0-201-30956-4",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-201-30956-0",
  LCCN =         "QA76.73.C153A97 1999",
  bibdate =      "Tue May 11 07:00:39 1999",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  price =        "US\$49.95",
  series =       "Addison-Wesley professional computing series",
  abstract =     "This guide explains the C++ Standard Template Library
                 (STL) in terms of generic programming--a way of
                 designing and writing programs so that they can easily
                 be reused. The fundamental premise is that the STL
                 should be regarded as a library of concepts, rather
                 than as a library of functions and classes.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  libnote =      "Not in my library.",
  tableofcontents = "Part I: Introduction to Generic Programming \\
                 1: A Tour of the STL \\
                 2: Algorithms and Ranges \\
                 3: More about Iterators \\
                 4: Function Objects \\
                 5: Containers \\
                 Part II: Reference Manual: STL Concepts \\
                 6: Basic Concepts \\
                 7: Iterators \\
                 8: Function Objects \\
                 9: Containers \\
                 Part III: Reference Manual: Algorithms and Classes \\
                 10: Basic Components \\
                 11: Nonmutating Algorithms \\
                 12: Basic Mutating Algorithms \\
                 13: Sorting and Searching \\
                 14: Iterator Classes \\
                 15: Function Object Classes \\
                 16: Container Classes \\
                 Appendix A: Portability and Standardization",
}


bibtype: article
filename: master.bib
label: Avenarius:fortran-web
author: Adrian Avenarius and Siegfried Oppermann
title: FWEB : a Literate Programming System for Fortran 8X
journal: j-SIGPLAN
volume: 25
number: 1
pages: 52--58
month: jan
monthnumber: 1
year: 1990
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Adrian Avenarius and Siegfried Oppermann
rawtitle: {\FWEB}: a Literate Programming System for {Fortran 8X}
entry:
@Article{Avenarius:fortran-web,
  author =       "Adrian Avenarius and Siegfried Oppermann",
  title =        "{\FWEB}: a Literate Programming System for {Fortran
                 8X}",
  journal =      j-SIGPLAN,
  volume =       "25",
  number =       "1",
  pages =        "52--58",
  month =        jan,
  year =         "1990",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Avery:1976:CAO
author: John Avery
title: Creation and Annihilation Operators
publisher: McGraw-Hill International Book Company
address: New York, NY, USA
pages: xii + 221
year: 1976
ISBN: 0-07-002504-5 OR 0070025045
ISBN13: 978-0-07-002504-2 OR 9780070025042
LCCN: QC174.52.06A9
bibdate: Sat Jul 25 13:55:27 1998
bibtimestamp: 1998.07.25 13:55:27 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: John Avery
rawtitle: Creation and Annihilation Operators
bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/d/dirac-p-a-m.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/d/dyson-freeman-j.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/f/feynman-richard-p.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/s/slater-john-clarke.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib

TOC:
1: Boson operators 1.1 A simple harmonic oscillator treated by means of commutation relations / 1 1.2 Phonon creation and annihilation operators / 3 1.3 A collection of harmonic oscillators / 5 1.4 Small vibrations of a classical system about its equilibrium position; Transformation to normal coordinates / 6 1.5 Vibrational normal modes of a crystal lattice / 8 1.6 A one-dimensional example; Optical and acoustic vibrational modes / 11 1.7 The Lagrangian density of a continuous system / 15 1.8 Motion of a vibrating string / 17 1.9 A vibrating string treated as a chain of elastically joined point masses; The cut-off frequency / 22 2: Fermion operators 2.1 Antisymmetric many-electron wave functions; Slater determinants / 27 2.2 Electron creation and annihilation operators / 30 2.3 One-electron and two-electron operators; Derivation of the Slater--Condon rules / 32 2.4 Commutation rules for one- and two -electron operators / 37 2.5 Koopmans' theorem / 38 2.6 The Hartree--Fock equations / 38 2.7 Excitations from the Hartree--Fock ground state; The random phase approximation / 41 2.8 Calculation of transition dipole moments in the random phase approximation / 45 2.9 Calculation of the ground state correlation coefficients in the random phase approximation / 47 3: A second-quantized formulation of Russell--Saunders coupling and crystal field theory 3.1 Commutation rules for spin / 51 3.2 Commutation rules for orbital angular momentum / 53 3.3 Commutation rules for the spin-orbit coupling operator / 56 3.4 The effect of a crystal field / 57 3.5 An example of crystal field splitting: the $^4F$ and $^4P$ $d^3$ multiplets in tetrahedral and octahedral fields / 60 3.6 External magnetic fields / 68 4: Group theoretical properties of electron creation and annihilation operators 4.1 Transformation properties of electron creation and annihilation operators under elements of a symmetry group / 71 4.2 Group theoretical projection operators / 72 4.3 Time reversal / 74 4.4 Kramers' theorem; Time-reversal degeneracy / 76 4.5 Kramers pairs / 76 4.6 The Kramers pair creation operator / 78 4.7 Invariance of $Bdagger $ under the symmetry group of the Hamiltonian / 79 4.8 The seniority quantum number / 82 4.9 Energy of Russell--Saunders terms in atoms; Slater--Condon and Racah parameters / 86 4.10 Configuration interaction; Calculation of correlation energy using Kramers pair creation and annihilation operators / 88 4.11 Cooper pairs in superconductivity theory / 91 4.12 Commutation relations for Kramers pair creation and annihilation operators / 92 4.13 Normalization of daughter states / 93 5: An introduction to quantum electrodynamics 5.1 Quantization of the electromagnetic potentials / 97 5.2 Separation of the longitudinal and transverse potentials; The approximate Hamiltonian of the electron-photon system / 103 5.3 Linear polarization and circular polarization of photons / 106 5.4 Spontaneous photon emission / 108 5.5 Photon absorption / 110 5.6 Angular correlations in the photoelectric effect / 112 5.7 Photon scattering and dispersion; Feynman diagrams / 115 5.8 Optical activity / 120 6: Many-body perturbation theory 6.1 The Feynman--Dyson form of perturbation theory; The interaction representation; Chronological products / 123 6.2 Time-dependent anticommutation relations; Hole creation and annihilation operators / 126 6.3 Normal products; Contractions; Wick's theorem / 129 6.4 The adiabatic hypothesis; Level shifts / 132 6.5 Feynman diagrams representing perturbations of the ground state; The linked cluster theorem / 133 Appendix A: The Bogoliubov--Tyablikov transformation for diagonalizing a quadratic boson Hamiltonian / 139 Appendix B: The Dirac equation / 145 Appendix C: Solutions to the problems / 169 Bibliography and References / 213 Index / 217

shortTOC:
1: Boson operators 2: Fermion operators 3: A second-quantized formulation of Russell--Saunders coupling and crystal field theory 4: Group theoretical properties of electron creation and annihilation operators 5: An introduction to quantum electrodynamics 6: Many-body perturbation theory Appendix A: The Bogoliubov--Tyablikov transformation for diagonalizing a quadratic boson Hamiltonian / 139 Appendix B: The Dirac equation / 145 Appendix C: Solutions to the problems / 169 Bibliography and References / 213 Index / 217

rawshortTOC:
1: Boson operators \\ 2: Fermion operators \\ 3: A second-quantized formulation of Russell--Saunders coupling and crystal field theory \\ 4: Group theoretical properties of electron creation and annihilation operators \\ 5: An introduction to quantum electrodynamics \\ 6: Many-body perturbation theory \\ Appendix A: The Bogoliubov--Tyablikov transformation for diagonalizing a quadratic boson Hamiltonian / 139 \\ Appendix B: The Dirac equation / 145 \\ Appendix C: Solutions to the problems / 169 \\ Bibliography and References / 213 \\ Index / 217

rawTOC:
1: Boson operators \\ 1.1 A simple harmonic oscillator treated by means of commutation relations / 1 \\ 1.2 Phonon creation and annihilation operators / 3 \\ 1.3 A collection of harmonic oscillators / 5 \\ 1.4 Small vibrations of a classical system about its equilibrium position; Transformation to normal coordinates / 6 \\ 1.5 Vibrational normal modes of a crystal lattice / 8 \\ 1.6 A one-dimensional example; Optical and acoustic vibrational modes / 11 \\ 1.7 The Lagrangian density of a continuous system / 15 \\ 1.8 Motion of a vibrating string / 17 \\ 1.9 A vibrating string treated as a chain of elastically joined point masses; The cut-off frequency / 22 \\ 2: Fermion operators \\ 2.1 Antisymmetric many-electron wave functions; Slater determinants / 27 \\ 2.2 Electron creation and annihilation operators / 30 \\ 2.3 One-electron and two-electron operators; Derivation of the Slater--Condon rules / 32 \\ 2.4 Commutation rules for one- and two -electron operators / 37 \\ 2.5 Koopmans' theorem / 38 \\ 2.6 The Hartree--Fock equations / 38 \\ 2.7 Excitations from the Hartree--Fock ground state; The random phase approximation / 41 \\ 2.8 Calculation of transition dipole moments in the random phase approximation / 45 \\ 2.9 Calculation of the ground state correlation coefficients in the random phase approximation / 47 \\ 3: A second-quantized formulation of Russell--Saunders coupling and crystal field theory \\ 3.1 Commutation rules for spin / 51 \\ 3.2 Commutation rules for orbital angular momentum / 53 \\ 3.3 Commutation rules for the spin-orbit coupling operator / 56 \\ 3.4 The effect of a crystal field / 57 \\ 3.5 An example of crystal field splitting: the $^4F$ and $^4P$ $d^3$ multiplets in tetrahedral and octahedral fields / 60 \\ 3.6 External magnetic fields / 68 \\ 4: Group theoretical properties of electron creation and annihilation operators \\ 4.1 Transformation properties of electron creation and annihilation operators under elements of a symmetry group / 71 \\ 4.2 Group theoretical projection operators / 72 \\ 4.3 Time reversal / 74 \\ 4.4 Kramers' theorem; Time-reversal degeneracy / 76 \\ 4.5 Kramers pairs / 76 \\ 4.6 The Kramers pair creation operator / 78 \\ 4.7 Invariance of $B\dagger$ under the symmetry group of the Hamiltonian / 79 \\ 4.8 The seniority quantum number / 82 \\ 4.9 Energy of Russell--Saunders terms in atoms; Slater--Condon and Racah parameters / 86 \\ 4.10 Configuration interaction; Calculation of correlation energy using Kramers pair creation and annihilation operators / 88 \\ 4.11 Cooper pairs in superconductivity theory / 91 \\ 4.12 Commutation relations for Kramers pair creation and annihilation operators / 92 \\ 4.13 Normalization of daughter states / 93 \\ 5: An introduction to quantum electrodynamics \\ 5.1 Quantization of the electromagnetic potentials / 97 \\ 5.2 Separation of the longitudinal and transverse potentials; The approximate Hamiltonian of the electron-photon system / 103 \\ 5.3 Linear polarization and circular polarization of photons / 106 \\ 5.4 Spontaneous photon emission / 108 \\ 5.5 Photon absorption / 110 \\ 5.6 Angular correlations in the photoelectric effect / 112 \\ 5.7 Photon scattering and dispersion; Feynman diagrams / 115 \\ 5.8 Optical activity / 120 \\ 6: Many-body perturbation theory \\ 6.1 The Feynman--Dyson form of perturbation theory; The interaction representation; Chronological products / 123 \\ 6.2 Time-dependent anticommutation relations; Hole creation and annihilation operators / 126 \\ 6.3 Normal products; Contractions; Wick's theorem / 129 \\ 6.4 The adiabatic hypothesis; Level shifts / 132 \\ 6.5 Feynman diagrams representing perturbations of the ground state; The linked cluster theorem / 133 \\ Appendix A: The Bogoliubov--Tyablikov transformation for diagonalizing a quadratic boson Hamiltonian / 139 \\ Appendix B: The Dirac equation / 145 \\ Appendix C: Solutions to the problems / 169 \\ Bibliography and References / 213 \\ Index / 217

entry:
@Book{Avery:1976:CAO,
  author =       "John Avery",
  title =        "Creation and Annihilation Operators",
  publisher =    "McGraw-Hill International Book Company",
  address =      "New York, NY, USA",
  pages =        "xii + 221",
  year =         "1976",
  ISBN =         "0-07-002504-5",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-07-002504-2",
  LCCN =         "QC174.52.06A9",
  bibdate =      "Sat Jul 25 13:55:27 1998",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/d/dirac-p-a-m.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/d/dyson-freeman-j.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/f/feynman-richard-p.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/s/slater-john-clarke.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  shorttableofcontents = "1: Boson operators \\
                 2: Fermion operators \\
                 3: A second-quantized formulation of Russell--Saunders
                 coupling and crystal field theory \\
                 4: Group theoretical properties of electron creation
                 and annihilation operators \\
                 5: An introduction to quantum electrodynamics \\
                 6: Many-body perturbation theory \\
                 Appendix A: The Bogoliubov--Tyablikov transformation
                 for diagonalizing a quadratic boson Hamiltonian / 139
                 \\
                 Appendix B: The Dirac equation / 145 \\
                 Appendix C: Solutions to the problems / 169 \\
                 Bibliography and References / 213 \\
                 Index / 217",
  tableofcontents = "1: Boson operators \\
                 1.1 A simple harmonic oscillator treated by means of
                 commutation relations / 1 \\
                 1.2 Phonon creation and annihilation operators / 3 \\
                 1.3 A collection of harmonic oscillators / 5 \\
                 1.4 Small vibrations of a classical system about its
                 equilibrium position; Transformation to normal
                 coordinates / 6 \\
                 1.5 Vibrational normal modes of a crystal lattice / 8
                 \\
                 1.6 A one-dimensional example; Optical and acoustic
                 vibrational modes / 11 \\
                 1.7 The Lagrangian density of a continuous system / 15
                 \\
                 1.8 Motion of a vibrating string / 17 \\
                 1.9 A vibrating string treated as a chain of
                 elastically joined point masses; The cut-off frequency
                 / 22 \\
                 2: Fermion operators \\
                 2.1 Antisymmetric many-electron wave functions; Slater
                 determinants / 27 \\
                 2.2 Electron creation and annihilation operators / 30
                 \\
                 2.3 One-electron and two-electron operators; Derivation
                 of the Slater--Condon rules / 32 \\
                 2.4 Commutation rules for one- and two -electron
                 operators / 37 \\
                 2.5 Koopmans' theorem / 38 \\
                 2.6 The Hartree--Fock equations / 38 \\
                 2.7 Excitations from the Hartree--Fock ground state;
                 The random phase approximation / 41 \\
                 2.8 Calculation of transition dipole moments in the
                 random phase approximation / 45 \\
                 2.9 Calculation of the ground state correlation
                 coefficients in the random phase approximation / 47 \\
                 3: A second-quantized formulation of Russell--Saunders
                 coupling and crystal field theory \\
                 3.1 Commutation rules for spin / 51 \\
                 3.2 Commutation rules for orbital angular momentum / 53
                 \\
                 3.3 Commutation rules for the spin-orbit coupling
                 operator / 56 \\
                 3.4 The effect of a crystal field / 57 \\
                 3.5 An example of crystal field splitting: the $^4F$
                 and $^4P$ $d^3$ multiplets in tetrahedral and
                 octahedral fields / 60 \\
                 3.6 External magnetic fields / 68 \\
                 4: Group theoretical properties of electron creation
                 and annihilation operators \\
                 4.1 Transformation properties of electron creation and
                 annihilation operators under elements of a symmetry
                 group / 71 \\
                 4.2 Group theoretical projection operators / 72 \\
                 4.3 Time reversal / 74 \\
                 4.4 Kramers' theorem; Time-reversal degeneracy / 76 \\
                 4.5 Kramers pairs / 76 \\
                 4.6 The Kramers pair creation operator / 78 \\
                 4.7 Invariance of $B\dagger$ under the symmetry group
                 of the Hamiltonian / 79 \\
                 4.8 The seniority quantum number / 82 \\
                 4.9 Energy of Russell--Saunders terms in atoms;
                 Slater--Condon and Racah parameters / 86 \\
                 4.10 Configuration interaction; Calculation of
                 correlation energy using Kramers pair creation and
                 annihilation operators / 88 \\
                 4.11 Cooper pairs in superconductivity theory / 91 \\
                 4.12 Commutation relations for Kramers pair creation
                 and annihilation operators / 92 \\
                 4.13 Normalization of daughter states / 93 \\
                 5: An introduction to quantum electrodynamics \\
                 5.1 Quantization of the electromagnetic potentials / 97
                 \\
                 5.2 Separation of the longitudinal and transverse
                 potentials; The approximate Hamiltonian of the
                 electron-photon system / 103 \\
                 5.3 Linear polarization and circular polarization of
                 photons / 106 \\
                 5.4 Spontaneous photon emission / 108 \\
                 5.5 Photon absorption / 110 \\
                 5.6 Angular correlations in the photoelectric effect /
                 112 \\
                 5.7 Photon scattering and dispersion; Feynman diagrams
                 / 115 \\
                 5.8 Optical activity / 120 \\
                 6: Many-body perturbation theory \\
                 6.1 The Feynman--Dyson form of perturbation theory; The
                 interaction representation; Chronological products /
                 123 \\
                 6.2 Time-dependent anticommutation relations; Hole
                 creation and annihilation operators / 126 \\
                 6.3 Normal products; Contractions; Wick's theorem / 129
                 \\
                 6.4 The adiabatic hypothesis; Level shifts / 132 \\
                 6.5 Feynman diagrams representing perturbations of the
                 ground state; The linked cluster theorem / 133 \\
                 Appendix A: The Bogoliubov--Tyablikov transformation
                 for diagonalizing a quadratic boson Hamiltonian / 139
                 \\
                 Appendix B: The Dirac equation / 145 \\
                 Appendix C: Solutions to the problems / 169 \\
                 Bibliography and References / 213 \\
                 Index / 217",
}


bibtype: unpublished
filename: master.bib
label: Babbage:1837:MPC
author: Charles Babbage
title: On the mathematical powers of the calculating engine
pages: xii + 221
month: dec
monthnumber: 12
year: 1837
bibdate: Wed Oct 13 11:09:59 2010
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2010.10.13 11:09:59 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Charles Babbage
rawtitle: On the mathematical powers of the calculating engine
note:
Manuscript held by Museum of the History of Science, Oxford, UK. Reprinted in cite [ 2.1]Randell:1982:ODC.

rawnote:
Manuscript held by Museum of the History of Science, Oxford, UK. Reprinted in \cite[\S 2.1]{Randell:1982:ODC}.

entry:
@Unpublished{Babbage:1837:MPC,
  author =       "Charles Babbage",
  title =        "On the mathematical powers of the calculating engine",
  month =        dec,
  year =         "1837",
  bibdate =      "Wed Oct 13 11:09:59 2010",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "Manuscript held by Museum of the History of Science,
                 Oxford, UK. Reprinted in \cite[\S
                 2.1]{Randell:1982:ODC}.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: article
filename: master.bib
label: Babbage:1910:BBA
author: H. P. Babbage
title: Babbage: Babbage's analytical engine
journal: j-MONTHLY-NOT-ROY-ASTRON-SOC
volume: 70
pages: 517--526, 645
year: 1910
CODEN: MNRAA4
ISSN: 0035-8711 OR 00358711
bibdate: Wed Oct 13 11:12:08 2010
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 2010.10.13 11:12:08 ???
note: Reprinted in cite [ 2.3]Randell:1982:ODC.
fjournal: Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: H. P. Babbage
rawnote: Reprinted in \cite[\S 2.3]{Randell:1982:ODC}.
rawtitle: {Babbage}: {Babbage}'s analytical engine
entry:
@Article{Babbage:1910:BBA,
  author =       "H. P. Babbage",
  title =        "{Babbage}: {Babbage}'s analytical engine",
  journal =      j-MONTHLY-NOT-ROY-ASTRON-SOC,
  volume =       "70",
  number =       "??",
  pages =        "517--526, 645",
  year =         "1910",
  CODEN =        "MNRAA4",
  ISSN =         "0035-8711",
  bibdate =      "Wed Oct 13 11:12:08 2010",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "Reprinted in \cite[\S 2.3]{Randell:1982:ODC}.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  fjournal =     "Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Bach:1986:DUO
author: Maurice J. Bach
title: The Design of the UNIX Operating System
publisher: pub-PH
address: pub-PH:adr
pages: xiv + 471
year: 1986
ISBN: 0-13-201799-7 OR 0132017997
ISBN13: 978-0-13-201799-2 OR 9780132017992
LCCN: QA76.76.O63 B33 1986
bibdate: Tue Dec 14 22:40:07 1993
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.14 22:40:07 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Maurice J. Bach
rawtitle: The Design of the {UNIX} Operating System
TOC:
General Overview of the System History System Structure User Perspective Operating System Services Assumptions About Hardware Introduction to the Kernel Architecture of the UNIX Operating System Introduction to System Concepts Kernel Data Structures System Administration Summary and Preview The Buffer Cache Buffer Headers Structure of the Buffer Pool Scenarios for Retrieval of a Buffer Reading and Writing Disk Blocks Advantages and Disadvantages of the Buffer Cache Internal Representation of Files Inodes Structure of a Regular File Directories Conversion of a Path Name to an Inode Super Block Inode Assignment to a New File Allocation of Disk Blocks Other File Types System Calls for the File System Open Read Write File and Record Locking Adjusting the Position of File I/O LSEEK Close File Creation Creation of Special Files Change Directory and Change Root Change Owner and Change Mode STAT and FSTAT Pipes Dup Mounting and Unmounting File Systems Link Unlink File System Abstractions File System Maintenance The Structure of Processes Process States and Transitions Layout of System Memory The Context of a Process Saving the Context of a Process Manipulation of the Process Address Space Sleep Process Control Process Creation Signals Process Termination Awaiting Process Termination Invoking Other Programs The User ID of a Process Changing the Size of a Process The Shell System Boot and the INIT Process Process Scheduling and Time Process Scheduling System Calls For Time Clock Memory Management Policies Swapping Demand Paging A Hybrid System With Swapping and Demand Paging The I/O Subsystem Driver Interfaces Disk Drivers Terminal Drivers Streams Interprocess Communication Process Tracing System V IPC Network Communications Sockets Multiprocessor Systems Problem of Multiprocessor Systems Solution With Master and Slave Processors Solution With Semaphores The Tunis System Performance Limitations Distributed Unix Systems Satellite Processors The Newcastle Connection Transparent Distributed File Systems A Transparent Distributed Model Without Stub Processes System Calls

rawTOC:
General Overview of the System \\ History \\ System Structure \\ User Perspective \\ Operating System Services \\ Assumptions About Hardware \\ Introduction to the Kernel \\ Architecture of the UNIX Operating System \\ Introduction to System Concepts \\ Kernel Data Structures \\ System Administration \\ Summary and Preview \\ The Buffer Cache \\ Buffer Headers \\ Structure of the Buffer Pool \\ Scenarios for Retrieval of a Buffer \\ Reading and Writing Disk Blocks \\ Advantages and Disadvantages of the Buffer Cache \\ Internal Representation of Files \\ Inodes \\ Structure of a Regular File \\ Directories \\ Conversion of a Path Name to an Inode \\ Super Block \\ Inode Assignment to a New File \\ Allocation of Disk Blocks \\ Other File Types \\ System Calls for the File System \\ Open \\ Read \\ Write \\ File and Record Locking \\ Adjusting the Position of File I/O \\ LSEEK \\ Close \\ File Creation \\ Creation of Special Files \\ Change Directory and Change Root \\ Change Owner and Change Mode \\ STAT and FSTAT \\ Pipes \\ Dup \\ Mounting and Unmounting File Systems \\ Link \\ Unlink \\ File System Abstractions \\ File System Maintenance \\ The Structure of Processes \\ Process States and Transitions \\ Layout of System Memory \\ The Context of a Process \\ Saving the Context of a Process \\ Manipulation of the Process Address Space \\ Sleep \\ Process Control \\ Process Creation \\ Signals \\ Process Termination \\ Awaiting Process Termination \\ Invoking Other Programs \\ The User ID of a Process \\ Changing the Size of a Process \\ The Shell \\ System Boot and the INIT Process \\ Process Scheduling and Time \\ Process Scheduling \\ System Calls For Time \\ Clock \\ Memory Management Policies \\ Swapping \\ Demand Paging \\ A Hybrid System With Swapping and Demand Paging \\ The I/O Subsystem \\ Driver Interfaces \\ Disk Drivers \\ Terminal Drivers \\ Streams \\ Interprocess Communication \\ Process Tracing \\ System V IPC \\ Network Communications \\ Sockets \\ Multiprocessor Systems \\ Problem of Multiprocessor Systems \\ Solution With Master and Slave Processors \\ Solution With Semaphores \\ The Tunis System \\ Performance Limitations \\ Distributed Unix Systems \\ Satellite Processors \\ The Newcastle Connection \\ Transparent Distributed File Systems \\ A Transparent Distributed Model Without Stub Processes \\ System Calls

entry:
@Book{Bach:1986:DUO,
  author =       "Maurice J. Bach",
  title =        "The Design of the {UNIX} Operating System",
  publisher =    pub-PH,
  address =      pub-PH:adr,
  pages =        "xiv + 471",
  year =         "1986",
  ISBN =         "0-13-201799-7",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-13-201799-2",
  LCCN =         "QA76.76.O63 B33 1986",
  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 22:40:07 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  tableofcontents = "General Overview of the System \\
                 History \\
                 System Structure \\
                 User Perspective \\
                 Operating System Services \\
                 Assumptions About Hardware \\
                 Introduction to the Kernel \\
                 Architecture of the UNIX Operating System \\
                 Introduction to System Concepts \\
                 Kernel Data Structures \\
                 System Administration \\
                 Summary and Preview \\
                 The Buffer Cache \\
                 Buffer Headers \\
                 Structure of the Buffer Pool \\
                 Scenarios for Retrieval of a Buffer \\
                 Reading and Writing Disk Blocks \\
                 Advantages and Disadvantages of the Buffer Cache \\
                 Internal Representation of Files \\
                 Inodes \\
                 Structure of a Regular File \\
                 Directories \\
                 Conversion of a Path Name to an Inode \\
                 Super Block \\
                 Inode Assignment to a New File \\
                 Allocation of Disk Blocks \\
                 Other File Types \\
                 System Calls for the File System \\
                 Open \\
                 Read \\
                 Write \\
                 File and Record Locking \\
                 Adjusting the Position of File I/O \\
                 LSEEK \\
                 Close \\
                 File Creation \\
                 Creation of Special Files \\
                 Change Directory and Change Root \\
                 Change Owner and Change Mode \\
                 STAT and FSTAT \\
                 Pipes \\
                 Dup \\
                 Mounting and Unmounting File Systems \\
                 Link \\
                 Unlink \\
                 File System Abstractions \\
                 File System Maintenance \\
                 The Structure of Processes \\
                 Process States and Transitions \\
                 Layout of System Memory \\
                 The Context of a Process \\
                 Saving the Context of a Process \\
                 Manipulation of the Process Address Space \\
                 Sleep \\
                 Process Control \\
                 Process Creation \\
                 Signals \\
                 Process Termination \\
                 Awaiting Process Termination \\
                 Invoking Other Programs \\
                 The User ID of a Process \\
                 Changing the Size of a Process \\
                 The Shell \\
                 System Boot and the INIT Process \\
                 Process Scheduling and Time \\
                 Process Scheduling \\
                 System Calls For Time \\
                 Clock \\
                 Memory Management Policies \\
                 Swapping \\
                 Demand Paging \\
                 A Hybrid System With Swapping and Demand Paging \\
                 The I/O Subsystem \\
                 Driver Interfaces \\
                 Disk Drivers \\
                 Terminal Drivers \\
                 Streams \\
                 Interprocess Communication \\
                 Process Tracing \\
                 System V IPC \\
                 Network Communications \\
                 Sockets \\
                 Multiprocessor Systems \\
                 Problem of Multiprocessor Systems \\
                 Solution With Master and Slave Processors \\
                 Solution With Semaphores \\
                 The Tunis System \\
                 Performance Limitations \\
                 Distributed Unix Systems \\
                 Satellite Processors \\
                 The Newcastle Connection \\
                 Transparent Distributed File Systems \\
                 A Transparent Distributed Model Without Stub Processes
                 \\
                 System Calls",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Backhouse:1979:SPL
author: Roland C. Backhouse
title: Syntax of Programming Language
publisher: pub-PHI
address: pub-PHI:adr
pages: xv + 301
year: 1979
ISBN: 0-13-879999-7 OR 0138799997
ISBN13: 978-0-13-879999-1 OR 9780138799991
LCCN: QA76.7 .B3
bibdate: Tue Dec 14 22:40:09 1993
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.14 22:40:09 ???
series: Series in Computer Science, Editor: C. A. R. Hoare
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Roland C. Backhouse
rawtitle: Syntax of Programming Language
entry:
@Book{Backhouse:1979:SPL,
  author =       "Roland C. Backhouse",
  title =        "Syntax of Programming Language",
  publisher =    pub-PHI,
  address =      pub-PHI:adr,
  pages =        "xv + 301",
  year =         "1979",
  ISBN =         "0-13-879999-7",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-13-879999-1",
  LCCN =         "QA76.7 .B3",
  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 22:40:09 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  price =        "US\$18.95",
  series =       "Series in Computer Science, Editor: C. A. R. Hoare",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: article
filename: master.bib
label: Backus:fortran-history
author: John Backus
title: The History of FORTRAN I, II, and III
journal: j-SIGPLAN
volume: 13
number: 8
pages: 165--180
month: aug
monthnumber: 8
year: 1978
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: John Backus
rawtitle: The History of {FORTRAN I}, {II}, and {III}
entry:
@Article{Backus:fortran-history,
  author =       "John Backus",
  title =        "The History of {FORTRAN I}, {II}, and {III}",
  journal =      j-SIGPLAN,
  volume =       "13",
  number =       "8",
  pages =        "165--180",
  month =        aug,
  year =         "1978",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Baer:1980:CSA
author: Jean-Loup Baer
title: Computer Systems Architecture
publisher: pub-CSP
address: pub-CSP:adr
pages: xiii + 626
year: 1980
ISBN: 0-914894-15-3 OR 0914894153
ISBN13: 978-0-914894-15-5 OR 9780914894155
LCCN: QA76.9.A73 B33
bibdate: Tue Dec 14 22:40:11 1993
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1993.12.14 22:40:11 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Jean-Loup Baer
rawtitle: Computer Systems Architecture
TOC:
An overview of the computer space Historical survey of computer systems architecture Description of computer systems The building blocks and their interactions Arithmetic algorithms Powerful central processors The memory hierarchy Management of the memory hierarchy The control unit and microprogramming Input-output Complete systems: from micros to supercomputers From microprocessors to superminicomputers Supercomputers Future trends in computer systems architecture

rawTOC:
An overview of the computer space \\ Historical survey of computer systems architecture \\ Description of computer systems \\ The building blocks and their interactions \\ Arithmetic algorithms \\ Powerful central processors \\ The memory hierarchy \\ Management of the memory hierarchy \\ The control unit and microprogramming \\ Input-output \\ Complete systems: from micros to supercomputers \\ From microprocessors to superminicomputers \\ Supercomputers \\ Future trends in computer systems architecture

entry:
@Book{Baer:1980:CSA,
  author =       "Jean-Loup Baer",
  title =        "Computer Systems Architecture",
  publisher =    pub-CSP,
  address =      pub-CSP:adr,
  pages =        "xiii + 626",
  year =         "1980",
  ISBN =         "0-914894-15-3",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-914894-15-5",
  LCCN =         "QA76.9.A73 B33",
  bibdate =      "Tue Dec 14 22:40:11 1993",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  tableofcontents = "An overview of the computer space \\
                 Historical survey of computer systems architecture \\
                 Description of computer systems \\
                 The building blocks and their interactions \\
                 Arithmetic algorithms \\
                 Powerful central processors \\
                 The memory hierarchy \\
                 Management of the memory hierarchy \\
                 The control unit and microprogramming \\
                 Input-output \\
                 Complete systems: from micros to supercomputers \\
                 From microprocessors to superminicomputers \\
                 Supercomputers \\
                 Future trends in computer systems architecture",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Baer:2010:MAS
author: Jean-Loup Baer
title: Microprocessor architecture: from simple pipelines to chip multiprocessors
publisher: pub-CAMBRIDGE
address: pub-CAMBRIDGE:adr
pages: xiv + 367
year: 2010
ISBN: 0-521-76992-2 (hardcover) OR 0521769922 (hardcover)
ISBN13: 978-0-521-76992-1 (hardcover) OR 9780521769921 (hardcover)
LCCN: QA76.5 .B227 2010
bibdate: Thu Sep 9 14:42:55 MDT 2010
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager
bibtimestamp: 2010.09.09 14:42:55 MDT
subject: Microprocessors; Computer architecture
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Jean-Loup Baer
rawtitle: Microprocessor architecture: from simple pipelines to chip multiprocessors
TOC:
Introduction The basics Superscalar processors Front-end: branch predictio, instruction fetching, and register renaming Back-end: instruction scheduling, memory access instructions, and clusters The cache hierarchy Multiprocessors Multithreading and (chip) multiprocessing Current limitations and future challenges

rawTOC:
Introduction \\ The basics \\ Superscalar processors \\ Front-end: branch predictio, instruction fetching, and register renaming \\ Back-end: instruction scheduling, memory access instructions, and clusters \\ The cache hierarchy \\ Multiprocessors \\ Multithreading and (chip) multiprocessing \\ Current limitations and future challenges

entry:
@Book{Baer:2010:MAS,
  author =       "Jean-Loup Baer",
  title =        "Microprocessor architecture: from simple pipelines to
                 chip multiprocessors",
  publisher =    pub-CAMBRIDGE,
  address =      pub-CAMBRIDGE:adr,
  pages =        "xiv + 367",
  year =         "2010",
  ISBN =         "0-521-76992-2 (hardcover)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-521-76992-1 (hardcover)",
  LCCN =         "QA76.5 .B227 2010",
  bibdate =      "Thu Sep 9 14:42:55 MDT 2010",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  libnote =      "Not in my library.",
  subject =      "Microprocessors; Computer architecture",
  tableofcontents = "Introduction \\
                 The basics \\
                 Superscalar processors \\
                 Front-end: branch predictio, instruction fetching, and
                 register renaming \\
                 Back-end: instruction scheduling, memory access
                 instructions, and clusters \\
                 The cache hierarchy \\
                 Multiprocessors \\
                 Multithreading and (chip) multiprocessing \\
                 Current limitations and future challenges",
}


bibtype: article
filename: master.bib
label: Baeza-Yates:j-CACM-35-10-74
author: Ricardo Baeza-Yates and Gaston H. Gonnet
title: A New Approach to Text Searching
journal: j-CACM
volume: 35
number: 10
pages: 74--82
month: oct
monthnumber: 10
year: 1992
bibdate: Sat Nov 7 11:35:45 1992
bibsource: https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib
bibtimestamp: 1992.11.07 11:35:45 ???
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Ricardo Baeza-Yates and Gaston H. Gonnet
rawtitle: A New Approach to Text Searching
note:
This paper describes a new linear-time string search algorithm that can handle limited regular-expression pattern matching em without backtracking. See also cite Knuth:string-search, cite Boyer:string-search, cite Karp:TR-31-81, cite Sunday:string-search, and cite Wu:j-CACM-35-10-83.

rawnote:
This paper describes a new linear-time string search algorithm that can handle limited regular-expression pattern matching {\em without\/} backtracking. See also \cite{Knuth:string-search}, \cite{Boyer:string-search}, \cite{Karp:TR-31-81}, \cite{Sunday:string-search}, and \cite{Wu:j-CACM-35-10-83}.

entry:
@Article{Baeza-Yates:j-CACM-35-10-74,
  author =       "Ricardo Baeza-Yates and Gaston H. Gonnet",
  title =        "A New Approach to Text Searching",
  journal =      j-CACM,
  volume =       "35",
  number =       "10",
  pages =        "74--82",
  month =        oct,
  year =         "1992",
  bibdate =      "Sat Nov 7 11:35:45 1992",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  note =         "This paper describes a new linear-time string search
                 algorithm that can handle limited regular-expression
                 pattern matching {\em without\/} backtracking. See also
                 \cite{Knuth:string-search}, \cite{Boyer:string-search},
                 \cite{Karp:TR-31-81}, \cite{Sunday:string-search}, and
                 \cite{Wu:j-CACM-35-10-83}.",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Baggott:1992:MQT
author: J. E. Baggott
booktitle: The Meaning of Quantum Theory: a Guide for Students of Chemistry and Physics
title: The Meaning of Quantum Theory: a Guide for Students of Chemistry and Physics
publisher: pub-OXFORD
address: pub-OXFORD:adr
pages: xi + 230
year: 1992
ISBN: 0-19-855575-X, 0-19-855576-8 (hardcover) OR 019855575X, 0198555768 (hardcover)
ISBN13: 978-0-19-855575-9, 978-0-19-855576-6 (hardcover) OR 9780198555759, 9780198555766 (hardcover)
LCCN: QC174.12 .B34 1992
bibdate: Mon Oct 24 17:45:40 MDT 2011
bibtimestamp: 2011.10.24 17:45:40 MDT
series: Oxford science publications
subject: Quantum theory; Quantum chemistry
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: J. E. Baggott
rawbooktitle: The Meaning of Quantum Theory: a Guide for Students of Chemistry and Physics
rawtitle: The Meaning of Quantum Theory: a Guide for Students of Chemistry and Physics
bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/p/planck-max.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/einstein.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager

URL:
http://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0640/91034937-d.html; http://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0640/91034937-t.html

TOC:
1: How quantum theory was discovered / 1 1.1: An act of desperation / 1 1.2: Gathering the evidence / 10 1.3: Wave--particle duality / 15 1.4: Wave mechanics / 19 1.5: Matrix mechanics and the uncertainty principle / 29 1.6: Relativity and spin / 34 2: Putting it into practice / 38 2.1: Operators in quantum mechanics / 38 2.2: The postulates of quantum mechanics / 42 2.3: State vectors in Hilbert principle / 48 2.4: The Pauli principle / 55 2.5: The polarization properties of photons / 60 2.6: Quantum measurement / 67 3: What does it mean? / 75 3.1: Positivism / 75 3.2: The Copenhagen interpretation / 81 3.3: The Bohr--Einstein debate / 88 3.4: Is quantum mechanics complete? / 97 3.5: Hidden variables / 106 4: Putting it to the test / 117 4.1: Bohm's version of the EPR experiment / 117 4.2: Quantum theory and local reality / 125 4.3: Bell's theorem / 131 4.4: The Aspect experiments / 139 4.5: Delayed-choice experiments / 150 4.6: Retrospective / 156 5: What are the alternatives? / 159 5.1: Pilot waves, potentials and propensities / 159 5.2: An irreversible act / 171 5.3: The conscious act / 185 5.4: The `many-world' interpretation / 194 5.5: The hand of God? / 201 Closing remarks / 210 Appendix A: Planck's derivation of the quantum law / 212 Appendix B: Bell's inequality for non-ideal cases / 214 Bibliography / 218 Name index / 223 Subject index / 225

rawTOC:
1: How quantum theory was discovered / 1 \\ 1.1: An act of desperation / 1 \\ 1.2: Gathering the evidence / 10 \\ 1.3: Wave--particle duality / 15 \\ 1.4: Wave mechanics / 19 \\ 1.5: Matrix mechanics and the uncertainty principle / 29 \\ 1.6: Relativity and spin / 34 \\ 2: Putting it into practice / 38 \\ 2.1: Operators in quantum mechanics / 38 \\ 2.2: The postulates of quantum mechanics / 42 \\ 2.3: State vectors in Hilbert principle / 48 \\ 2.4: The Pauli principle / 55 \\ 2.5: The polarization properties of photons / 60 \\ 2.6: Quantum measurement / 67 \\ 3: What does it mean? / 75 \\ 3.1: Positivism / 75 \\ 3.2: The Copenhagen interpretation / 81 \\ 3.3: The Bohr--Einstein debate / 88 \\ 3.4: Is quantum mechanics complete? / 97 \\ 3.5: Hidden variables / 106 \\ 4: Putting it to the test / 117 \\ 4.1: Bohm's version of the EPR experiment / 117 \\ 4.2: Quantum theory and local reality / 125 \\ 4.3: Bell's theorem / 131 \\ 4.4: The Aspect experiments / 139 \\ 4.5: Delayed-choice experiments / 150 \\ 4.6: Retrospective / 156 \\ 5: What are the alternatives? / 159 \\ 5.1: Pilot waves, potentials and propensities / 159 \\ 5.2: An irreversible act / 171 \\ 5.3: The conscious act / 185 \\ 5.4: The `many-world' interpretation / 194 \\ 5.5: The hand of God? / 201 \\ Closing remarks / 210 \\ Appendix A: Planck's derivation of the quantum law / 212 \\ Appendix B: Bell's inequality for non-ideal cases / 214 \\ Bibliography / 218 \\ Name index / 223 \\ Subject index / 225

entry:
@Book{Baggott:1992:MQT,
  author =       "J. E. Baggott",
  booktitle =    "The Meaning of Quantum Theory: a Guide for Students of
                 Chemistry and Physics",
  title =        "The Meaning of Quantum Theory: a Guide for Students of
                 Chemistry and Physics",
  publisher =    pub-OXFORD,
  address =      pub-OXFORD:adr,
  pages =        "xi + 230",
  year =         "1992",
  ISBN =         "0-19-855575-X, 0-19-855576-8 (hardcover)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-19-855575-9, 978-0-19-855576-6 (hardcover)",
  LCCN =         "QC174.12 .B34 1992",
  bibdate =      "Mon Oct 24 17:45:40 MDT 2011",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/p/planck-max.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/einstein.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager",
  series =       "Oxford science publications",
  URL =          "http://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0640/91034937-d.html;
                 http://www.loc.gov/catdir/enhancements/fy0640/91034937-t.html",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  subject =      "Quantum theory; Quantum chemistry",
  tableofcontents = "1: How quantum theory was discovered / 1 \\
                 1.1: An act of desperation / 1 \\
                 1.2: Gathering the evidence / 10 \\
                 1.3: Wave--particle duality / 15 \\
                 1.4: Wave mechanics / 19 \\
                 1.5: Matrix mechanics and the uncertainty principle /
                 29 \\
                 1.6: Relativity and spin / 34 \\
                 2: Putting it into practice / 38 \\
                 2.1: Operators in quantum mechanics / 38 \\
                 2.2: The postulates of quantum mechanics / 42 \\
                 2.3: State vectors in Hilbert principle / 48 \\
                 2.4: The Pauli principle / 55 \\
                 2.5: The polarization properties of photons / 60 \\
                 2.6: Quantum measurement / 67 \\
                 3: What does it mean? / 75 \\
                 3.1: Positivism / 75 \\
                 3.2: The Copenhagen interpretation / 81 \\
                 3.3: The Bohr--Einstein debate / 88 \\
                 3.4: Is quantum mechanics complete? / 97 \\
                 3.5: Hidden variables / 106 \\
                 4: Putting it to the test / 117 \\
                 4.1: Bohm's version of the EPR experiment / 117 \\
                 4.2: Quantum theory and local reality / 125 \\
                 4.3: Bell's theorem / 131 \\
                 4.4: The Aspect experiments / 139 \\
                 4.5: Delayed-choice experiments / 150 \\
                 4.6: Retrospective / 156 \\
                 5: What are the alternatives? / 159 \\
                 5.1: Pilot waves, potentials and propensities / 159 \\
                 5.2: An irreversible act / 171 \\
                 5.3: The conscious act / 185 \\
                 5.4: The `many-world' interpretation / 194 \\
                 5.5: The hand of God? / 201 \\
                 Closing remarks / 210 \\
                 Appendix A: Planck's derivation of the quantum law /
                 212 \\
                 Appendix B: Bell's inequality for non-ideal cases / 214
                 \\
                 Bibliography / 218 \\
                 Name index / 223 \\
                 Subject index / 225",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Baggott:2010:FWP
author: Jim Baggott
title: The First War of Physics: The Secret History of the Atomic Bomb, 1939--1949
publisher: Pegasus Books
address: New York, NY, USA
pages: xiv + 576
year: 2010
ISBN: 1-60598-084-6 OR 1605980846
ISBN13: 978-1-60598-084-3 OR 9781605980843
LCCN: QC773 .B24 2010
bibdate: Thu Apr 15 08:14:32 2010
bibtimestamp: 2010.04.15 08:14:32 ???
URL: http://pegasusbooks.us/pdf/Spg10_Catalog.pdf
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Jim Baggott
rawtitle: The {First War of Physics}: The Secret History of the Atomic Bomb, 1939--1949
bibsource:
fsz3950.oclc.org:210/WorldCat; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/einstein.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib

remark:
Icon Press (UK) 2009 title: ``ATOMIC: The First War of Physics and the Secret History of the Atom Bomb, 1939-1949''. Not yet in library catalogs (15-Apr-2010).

TOC:
List of illustrations / ix Preface / xi Prologue: Letter from Berlin / 1 Part I: Mobilisation / 21 1: The Uranverein / 23 2: Element 94 / 41 3: Critical Mass / 57 4: A Visit to Copenhagen / 75 5: Tube Alloys / 93 Part II: Weapon / 115 6: A Modest Request / 117 7: The Italian Navigator / 137 8: Los Alamos Ranch School / 159 9: Enormoz [Cyrillic: Enormous] / 179 10: Escape from Copenhagen / 199 Part III: War / 221 11: Uncle Nick / 223 12: Mortal Crimes / 239 13: Alsos and AZUSA / 259 14: The Final Push / 279 15: Trinity / 299 16: Hypocentre / 319 17: Operation Epsilon / 339 Part IV: Proliferation / 357 18: Dognat' i peregnat'! [Cyrillic: Catch up and overtake] / 359 19: Iron Curtain / 377 20: Crossroads / 397 21: Arzamas-16 / 417 22: Joe-1 / 439 Epilogue: Mutual Assured Destruction / 461 Timeline / 493 List of Key Characters / 515 Notes and Sources / 535 Bibliography / 553 Index / 559

rawTOC:
List of illustrations / ix \\ Preface / xi \\ Prologue: Letter from Berlin / 1 \\ Part I: Mobilisation / 21 \\ 1: The Uranverein / 23 \\ 2: Element 94 / 41 \\ 3: Critical Mass / 57 \\ 4: A Visit to Copenhagen / 75 \\ 5: Tube Alloys / 93 \\ Part II: Weapon / 115 \\ 6: A Modest Request / 117 \\ 7: The Italian Navigator / 137 \\ 8: Los Alamos Ranch School / 159 \\ 9: Enormoz [Cyrillic: Enormous] / 179 \\ 10: Escape from Copenhagen / 199 \\ Part III: War / 221 \\ 11: Uncle Nick / 223 \\ 12: Mortal Crimes / 239 \\ 13: Alsos and AZUSA / 259 \\ 14: The Final Push / 279 \\ 15: Trinity / 299 \\ 16: Hypocentre / 319 \\ 17: Operation Epsilon / 339 \\ Part IV: Proliferation / 357 \\ 18: Dognat' i peregnat'! [Cyrillic: Catch up and overtake] / 359 \\ 19: Iron Curtain / 377 \\ 20: Crossroads / 397 \\ 21: Arzamas-16 / 417 \\ 22: Joe-1 / 439 \\ Epilogue: Mutual Assured Destruction / 461 \\ Timeline / 493 \\ List of Key Characters / 515 \\ Notes and Sources / 535 \\ Bibliography / 553 \\ Index / 559

entry:
@Book{Baggott:2010:FWP,
  author =       "Jim Baggott",
  title =        "The {First War of Physics}: The Secret History of the
                 Atomic Bomb, 1939--1949",
  publisher =    "Pegasus Books",
  address =      "New York, NY, USA",
  pages =        "xiv + 576",
  year =         "2010",
  ISBN =         "1-60598-084-6",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-1-60598-084-3",
  LCCN =         "QC773 .B24 2010",
  bibdate =      "Thu Apr 15 08:14:32 2010",
  bibsource =    "fsz3950.oclc.org:210/WorldCat;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/einstein.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib",
  URL =          "http://pegasusbooks.us/pdf/Spg10_Catalog.pdf",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  remark =       "Icon Press (UK) 2009 title: ``ATOMIC: The First War of
                 Physics and the Secret History of the Atom Bomb,
                 1939-1949''. Not yet in library catalogs
                 (15-Apr-2010).",
  tableofcontents = "List of illustrations / ix \\
                 Preface / xi \\
                 Prologue: Letter from Berlin / 1 \\
                 Part I: Mobilisation / 21 \\
                 1: The Uranverein / 23 \\
                 2: Element 94 / 41 \\
                 3: Critical Mass / 57 \\
                 4: A Visit to Copenhagen / 75 \\
                 5: Tube Alloys / 93 \\
                 Part II: Weapon / 115 \\
                 6: A Modest Request / 117 \\
                 7: The Italian Navigator / 137 \\
                 8: Los Alamos Ranch School / 159 \\
                 9: Enormoz [Cyrillic: Enormous] / 179 \\
                 10: Escape from Copenhagen / 199 \\
                 Part III: War / 221 \\
                 11: Uncle Nick / 223 \\
                 12: Mortal Crimes / 239 \\
                 13: Alsos and AZUSA / 259 \\
                 14: The Final Push / 279 \\
                 15: Trinity / 299 \\
                 16: Hypocentre / 319 \\
                 17: Operation Epsilon / 339 \\
                 Part IV: Proliferation / 357 \\
                 18: Dognat' i peregnat'! [Cyrillic: Catch up and
                 overtake] / 359 \\
                 19: Iron Curtain / 377 \\
                 20: Crossroads / 397 \\
                 21: Arzamas-16 / 417 \\
                 22: Joe-1 / 439 \\
                 Epilogue: Mutual Assured Destruction / 461 \\
                 Timeline / 493 \\
                 List of Key Characters / 515 \\
                 Notes and Sources / 535 \\
                 Bibliography / 553 \\
                 Index / 559",
}


bibtype: book
filename: master.bib
label: Baggott:2011:QSH
author: Jim Baggott
title: The quantum story: a history in 40 moments
publisher: pub-OXFORD
address: pub-OXFORD:adr
pages: xix + 469 + 16
year: 2011
LCCN: QC173.98 .B34 2011
bibdate: Sat Sep 17 16:37:46 2011
bibtimestamp: 2011.09.17 16:37:46 ???
subject: Quantum theory; History
acknowledgement: ack-nhfb
rawauthor: Jim Baggott
rawtitle: The quantum story: a history in 40 moments
ISBN:
0-19-956684-4 (hardcover), 0-19-965597-9 (paperback) OR 0199566844 (hardcover), 0199655979 (paperback)

ISBN13:
978-0-19-956684-6 (hardcover), 978-0-19-965597-7 (paperback) OR 9780199566846 (hardcover), 9780199655977 (paperback)

bibsource:
https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/b/bohr-niels.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib; https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/mathgaz2010.bib; library.ox.ac.uk:210/ADVANCE; z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager

TOC:
Prologue: Stormclouds: London, April 1900 Quantum of action: The most strenuous work of my life: Berlin, December 1900 Annus Mirabilis: Bern, March 1905 A little bit of reality: Manchester, April 1913 la Comedie Francaise: Paris, September 1923 A strangely beautiful interior: Helgoland, June 1925 The self-rotating electron: Leiden, November 1925 A late erotic outburst: Swiss Alps, Christmas 1925 Quantum interpretation: Ghost field: Oxford, August 1926 All this damned quantum jumping: Copenhagen, October 1926 The uncertainty principle: Copenhagen, February 1927 The `Kopenhagener geist': Copenhagen, June 1927 There is no quantum world: Lake Como, September 1927 Quantum debate: The debate commences: Brussels, October 1927 An absolute wonder: Cambridge, Christmas 1927 The photon box: Brussels, October 1930 A bolt from the blue: Princeton, May 1935 The paradox of Schrodinger's cat: Oxford, August 1935 Interlude: The first war of physics: Christmas 1938-August 1945 Quantum fields: Shelter Island: Long Island, June 1947 Pictorial semi-vision thing: New York, January 1949 A beautiful idea: Princeton, February 1954 Some strangeness in the proportion: Rochester, August 1960 Three quarks for Muster Mark!: New York, March 1963 The `God particle': Cambridge, Massachusetts, Autumn 1967 Quantum particles: Deep inelastic scattering: Stanford, August 1968 Of charm and weak neutral currents: Harvard, February 1970 The magic of colour: Princeton/Harvard, April 1973 The November revolution: Long Island/Stanford, November 1974 Intermediate vector bosons: Geneva, January/June 1983 The standard model: Geneva, September 2003 Quantum reality: Hidden variable: Princeton, Spring 1951 Bertlmann's socks: Boston, September 1964 The Aspect experiments: Paris, September 1982 The quantum eraser: Baltimore, January 1999 Lab cats: Stony Brook/Delft, July 2000 The persistent illusion: Vienna, December 2006 Quantum cosmology: The wavefunction of the universe: Princeton, July 1966 Hawking radiation: Oxford, February 1974 The first superstring revolution: Aspen, August 1984 Quanta of space and time: Santa Barbara, February 1986 Crisis? What crisis?: Durham, Summer 1994 A quantum of solace?: Geneva, March 2010

rawTOC:
Prologue: Stormclouds: London, April 1900 \\ Quantum of action: The most strenuous work of my life: Berlin, December 1900 \\ Annus Mirabilis: Bern, March 1905 \\ A little bit of reality: Manchester, April 1913 \\ la Com\'edie Fran{\c{c}}aise: Paris, September 1923 \\ A strangely beautiful interior: Helgoland, June 1925 \\ The self-rotating electron: Leiden, November 1925 \\ A late erotic outburst: Swiss Alps, Christmas 1925 \\ Quantum interpretation: Ghost field: Oxford, August 1926 \\ All this damned quantum jumping: Copenhagen, October 1926 \\ The uncertainty principle: Copenhagen, February 1927 \\ The `Kopenhagener geist': Copenhagen, June 1927 \\ There is no quantum world: Lake Como, September 1927 \\ Quantum debate: The debate commences: Brussels, October 1927 \\ An absolute wonder: Cambridge, Christmas 1927 \\ The photon box: Brussels, October 1930 \\ A bolt from the blue: Princeton, May 1935 \\ The paradox of Schr{\"o}dinger's cat: Oxford, August 1935 \\ Interlude: The first war of physics: Christmas 1938-August 1945 \\ Quantum fields: Shelter Island: Long Island, June 1947 \\ Pictorial semi-vision thing: New York, January 1949 \\ A beautiful idea: Princeton, February 1954 \\ Some strangeness in the proportion: Rochester, August 1960 \\ Three quarks for Muster Mark!: New York, March 1963 \\ The `God particle': Cambridge, Massachusetts, Autumn 1967 \\ Quantum particles: Deep inelastic scattering: Stanford, August 1968 \\ Of charm and weak neutral currents: Harvard, February 1970 \\ The magic of colour: Princeton/Harvard, April 1973 \\ The November revolution: Long Island/Stanford, November 1974 \\ Intermediate vector bosons: Geneva, January/June 1983 \\ The standard model: Geneva, September 2003 \\ Quantum reality: Hidden variable: Princeton, Spring 1951 \\ Bertlmann's socks: Boston, September 1964 \\ The Aspect experiments: Paris, September 1982 \\ The quantum eraser: Baltimore, January 1999 \\ Lab cats: Stony Brook/Delft, July 2000 \\ The persistent illusion: Vienna, December 2006 \\ Quantum cosmology: The wavefunction of the universe: Princeton, July 1966 \\ Hawking radiation: Oxford, February 1974 \\ The first superstring revolution: Aspen, August 1984 \\ Quanta of space and time: Santa Barbara, February 1986 \\ Crisis? What crisis?: Durham, Summer 1994 \\ A quantum of solace?: Geneva, March 2010

entry:
@Book{Baggott:2011:QSH,
  author =       "Jim Baggott",
  title =        "The quantum story: a history in 40 moments",
  publisher =    pub-OXFORD,
  address =      pub-OXFORD:adr,
  pages =        "xix + 469 + 16",
  year =         "2011",
  ISBN =         "0-19-956684-4 (hardcover), 0-19-965597-9 (paperback)",
  ISBN-13 =      "978-0-19-956684-6 (hardcover), 978-0-19-965597-7
                 (paperback)",
  LCCN =         "QC173.98 .B34 2011",
  bibdate =      "Sat Sep 17 16:37:46 2011",
  bibsource =    "https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/bibnet/authors/b/bohr-niels.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/master.bib;
                 https://www.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/mathgaz2010.bib;
                 library.ox.ac.uk:210/ADVANCE;
                 z3950.loc.gov:7090/Voyager",
  acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
  subject =      "Quantum theory; History",
  tableofcontents = "Prologue: Stormclouds: London, April 1900 \\
                 Quantum of action: The most strenuous work of my life:
                 Berlin, December 1900 \\
                 Annus Mirabilis: Bern, March 1905 \\
                 A little bit of reality: Manchester, April 1913 \\
                 la Com\'edie Fran{\c{c}}aise: Paris, September 1923 \\
                 A strangely beautiful interior: Helgoland, June 1925
                 \\
                 The self-rotating electron: Leiden, November 1925 \\
                 A late erotic outburst: Swiss Alps, Christmas 1925 \\
                 Quantum interpretation: Ghost field: Oxford, August
                 1926 \\
                 All this damned quantum jumping: Copenhagen, October
                 1926 \\
                 The uncertainty principle: Copenhagen, February 1927
                 \\
                 The `Kopenhagener geist': Copenhagen, June 1927 \\
                 There is no quantum world: Lake Como, September 1927
                 \\
                 Quantum debate: The debate commences: Brussels, October
                 1927 \\
                 An absolute wonder: Cambridge, Christmas 1927 \\
                 The photon box: Brussels, October 1930 \\
                 A bolt from the blue: Princeton, May 1935 \\
                 The paradox of Schr{\"o}dinger's cat: Oxford, August
                 1935 \\
                 Interlude: The first war of physics: Christmas
                 1938-August 1945 \\
                 Quantum fields: Shelter Island: Long Island, June 1947
                 \\
                 Pictorial semi-vision thing: New York, January 1949 \\
                 A beautiful idea: Princeton, February 1954 \\
                 Some strangeness in the proportion: Rochester, August
                 1960 \\
                 Three quarks for Muster Mark!: New York, March 1963 \\
                 The `God particle': Cambridge, Massachusetts, Autumn
                 1967 \\
                 Quantum particles: Deep inelastic scattering: Stanford,
                 August 1968 \\
                 Of charm and weak neutral currents: Harvard, February
                 1970 \\
                 The magic of colour: Princeton/Harvard, April 1973 \\
                 The November revolution: Long Island/Stanford, November
                 1974 \\
                 Intermediate vector bosons: Geneva, January/June 1983
                 \\
                 The standard model: Geneva, September 2003 \\
                 Quantum reality: Hidden variable: Princeton, Spring
                 1951 \\
                 Bertlmann's socks: Boston, September 1964 \\
                 The Aspect experiments: Paris, September 1982 \\
                 The quantum eraser: Baltimore, January 1999 \\
                 Lab cats: Stony Brook/Delft, July 2000 \\
                 The persistent illusion: Vienna, December 2006 \\
                 Quantum cosmology: The wavefunction of the universe:
                 Princeton, July 1966 \\
                 Hawking radiation: Oxford, February 1974 \\
                 The first superstring revolution: Aspen, August 1984
                 \\
                 Quanta of space and time: Santa Barbara, February 1986
                 \\
                 Crisis? What crisis?: Durham, Summer 1994 \\
                 A quantum of solace?: Geneva, March 2010",
}


